diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2014-11-04 23:35:12 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2014-11-04 23:35:12 +0000 |
| commit | a60e31b8abec7099c8e6dc5004b173897e28f34f (patch) | |
| tree | 8c27c6351041ec3a1b3d176f8246e9e4fd10f813 /Master | |
| parent | dbe0dfa8444b80708600bb095b9506d3c471a4a9 (diff) | |
latex2e multicol+doc (4nov14)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@35512 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master')
236 files changed, 866 insertions, 720 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf Binary files differindex ab808d17d1c..72052daa1de 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf Binary files differindex 88202370d4e..38e4be9f2c6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt index 58eb86c26ce..8c33225cdc8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt @@ -4,6 +4,27 @@ completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that are not part of the distribution. ======================================================================= +2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> + + * nfssfont.dtx Typo in definition of \encoding (no change to processing) + +2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> + + * docstrip.dtx Typo in \Ask argument fixed + +2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> + + * cmfonts.fdd, ltoutput.dtx, letter.dtx, ltoutenc.stx, lterror.dtx, + * ltfssbas.dtx, ltsect.dtx, proc.dtx, fixltx2e.dtx, docstrip.dtx, + * oldlfont.dtx, ltclass.dtx, ltplain.dtx, classes.dtx, ltmiscen.dtx, + * utf8ienc.dtx, ltfntcmd.dtx, ltxdoc.dtx, encguide.tex, ltspace.dtx, + * lttab.dtx, ltdirchk.dtx, slides.dtx, ltfssdcl.dtx, ifthen.dtx, + * ltxref.dtx, ltfsstrc.dtx, source2e.tex, tlc2.err, latexbug.el, + * makeindx.dtx, lb2.err, ltlists.dtx, ltdefns.dtx, ltfinal.dtx, + * doc.dtx, ltboxes.dtx, exscale.dtx, ltfssini.dtx, ltthm.dtx, + * fontdef.dtx, usrguide.tex, ltfloat.dtx, preload.dtx, nfssfont.dtx + Typos in documentation found by Karl Berry - thanks + (date but not version number changed) 2014-08-30 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> @@ -20,7 +41,8 @@ are not part of the distribution. 2014-04-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org> - * inputenc.dtx: Allow (x-)ascii and utf8x aliases for utf8 in xetex/luatex + * inputenc.dtx: Allow (x-)ascii and utf8x aliases for utf8 in + xetex/luatex 2014-04-27 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf Binary files differindex 2e41036bc3c..82a5666f7a6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf Binary files differindex ea2445effb2..c2566bef9c9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf Binary files differindex 8ce5b4c975b..a9bf6e6c1e9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf Binary files differindex 1b768a4b668..5256fd347e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf Binary files differindex 7b3b3fd8262..bcb2c0a137d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf Binary files differindex bcb7ee55eaa..d92ac1cac92 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf Binary files differindex a52785d1489..d63661d39e8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf Binary files differindex 99dcb015884..41a178a02ba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fixltx2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fixltx2e.pdf Binary files differindex 418c3df6807..ed81dbed990 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fixltx2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fixltx2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf Binary files differindex 3ef0d192c0c..4a198b750b3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf Binary files differindex 7ed00a057e5..96b0e87d70d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf Binary files differindex d7466c65cea..bde6989fbbe 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf Binary files differindex c0c27e856a7..91b98ad6750 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latex209.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latex209.pdf Binary files differindex b19fa7a18b9..26adbc1b8ea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latex209.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latex209.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf Binary files differindex 11096272c71..438d820c075 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf Binary files differindex 1935ebd2c4a..2f61effd434 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf Binary files differindex 2c668d732ed..34d634403aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf Binary files differindex ac1e5ba935b..b3b61ce8796 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf Binary files differindex 9622d93d968..0275d8fc32f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf Binary files differindex bd20f0245a7..90ae4204dda 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf Binary files differindex d44e2f9a21a..818baafd95f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxcheck.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxcheck.pdf Binary files differindex e086b9d90ba..9f43fe4d209 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxcheck.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxcheck.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf Binary files differindex be5b0b29ff5..304a41d768a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf Binary files differindex 570da9bcbd6..47683eff3fc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf Binary files differindex bf4f910dc2c..2ddba054d75 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf Binary files differindex 3d8690a3c4d..56d698d701c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/newlfont.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/newlfont.pdf Binary files differindex 9a067e5d8b2..583b89cbfcd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/newlfont.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/newlfont.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/oldlfont.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/oldlfont.pdf Binary files differindex ae86bb87790..68a1920d8d3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/oldlfont.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/oldlfont.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf Binary files differindex 9982ec607a4..39662f93ecf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf Binary files differindex 93d78abeac5..b1f387b372a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf Binary files differindex 2937feeff14..b6a08cf20bd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf Binary files differindex 469a34d17c0..0791f0e0647 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf Binary files differindex 40b95343f2b..6073c4fbb2b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf Binary files differindex 35a02684db7..5dc3a4e7343 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf Binary files differindex 64e7d10d2bd..caf9549a18f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf Binary files differindex 68020dceb92..3d7662a579a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf Binary files differindex 3a4f02756e1..76cb2ae1ed5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README index 110ab9c578d..542251bcdf1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ README for project latex-tds ============================ Heiko Oberdiek -2014/09/17 +2014/11/03 Table of Contents @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ navigation support using bookmarks and links). Version: - 2014/09/17 + 2014/11/03 Author: @@ -927,5 +927,10 @@ wants to build the modules himself: □ Module base: Update of fixltx2e. +2014/11/03 + □ Module base: Update (2014-10-12). + + □ Module tools: Update (2014-10-28). + ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ -Last updated 2014-09-17 04:36:47 CEST +Last updated 2014-11-03 18:10:45 EST diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README.html index 39b300c787d..9495b1434c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> -<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.7" /> <meta name="description" content="Bundle `latex-tds' provides a set of ZIP file modules containing TDS-compliant trees for items of the LaTeX distribution (both the base system and required packages), together with `user-friendly' documentation (PDF files with navigation support using bookmarks and links)." /> <title>README for project latex-tds</title> <style type="text/css"> @@ -88,15 +88,11 @@ ul, ol, li > p { ul > li { color: #aaa; } ul > li > * { color: black; } -.monospaced, code, pre { - font-family: "Courier New", Courier, monospace; - font-size: inherit; - color: navy; +pre { padding: 0; margin: 0; } - #author { color: #527bbd; font-weight: bold; @@ -420,6 +416,12 @@ div.unbreakable { page-break-inside: avoid; } * * */ +tt { + font-family: "Courier New", Courier, monospace; + font-size: inherit; + color: navy; +} + div.tableblock { margin-top: 1.0em; margin-bottom: 1.5em; @@ -453,6 +455,12 @@ div.tableblock > table[frame="vsides"] { * * */ +.monospaced { + font-family: "Courier New", Courier, monospace; + font-size: inherit; + color: navy; +} + table.tableblock { margin-top: 1.0em; margin-bottom: 1.5em; @@ -532,8 +540,6 @@ body.manpage div.sectionbody { @media print { body.manpage div#toc { display: none; } } - - </style> <script type="text/javascript"> /*<![CDATA[*/ @@ -730,13 +736,13 @@ asciidoc.install(2); /*]]>*/ </script> <meta name="author" content="Heiko Oberdiek" /> -<meta name="date" content="2014-09-17" /> +<meta name="date" content="2014-11-03" /> </head> <body class="article"> <div id="header"> <h1>README for project latex-tds</h1> <span id="author">Heiko Oberdiek</span><br /> -<span id="revdate">2014/09/17</span> +<span id="revdate">2014/11/03</span> <div id="toc"> <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> @@ -758,7 +764,7 @@ Version: </dt> <dd> <p> - 2014/09/17 + 2014/11/03 </p> </dd> <dt class="hdlist1"> @@ -943,8 +949,8 @@ CTAN <p> Comprehensive TeX Archive Network.<br /> FAQ entry: <a href="http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=archives">http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=archives</a><br /> - For example, you can resolve the prefix <code>CTAN:</code> by using - <code>http://mirror.ctan.org/</code>. + For example, you can resolve the prefix <tt>CTAN:</tt> by using + <tt>http://mirror.ctan.org/</tt>. </p> </dd> <dt class="hdlist1"> @@ -982,20 +988,20 @@ TDS <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -<code>README</code>, <code>README.html</code>, <code>README.pdf</code>: +<tt>README</tt>, <tt>README.html</tt>, <tt>README.pdf</tt>: The README file in different formats. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code><module>.tds.zip</code>: The module distribution files, +<tt><module>.tds.zip</tt>: The module distribution files, see section ‘<a href="#_module_list">Module list</a>’ above for the available modules. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>source.tds.zip</code>: The sources, mainly the build script, configuration and +<tt>source.tds.zip</tt>: The sources, mainly the build script, configuration and driver files, and patches. Some of the used tools are not provided, see section ‘<a href="#_build_hints">Build Hints</a>’. @@ -1003,7 +1009,7 @@ TDS </li> <li> <p> -<code>latex-tds.tds.zip</code>: The universe, the contents of all the ZIP files above, +<tt>latex-tds.tds.zip</tt>: The universe, the contents of all the ZIP files above, merged together. </p> </li> @@ -1018,13 +1024,13 @@ process. You get a TDS compliant tree just by unpacking.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Example:</p></div> <div class="listingblock"> <div class="content"> -<pre><code> cd /some/where/texmf - unzip latex-tds</code></pre> +<pre><tt> cd /some/where/texmf + unzip latex-tds</tt></pre> </div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>or unzip’s option <code>-d</code>:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>or unzip’s option <tt>-d</tt>:</p></div> <div class="listingblock"> <div class="content"> -<pre><code> unzip latex-tds -d /some/where/texmf</code></pre> +<pre><tt> unzip latex-tds -d /some/where/texmf</tt></pre> </div></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of the universe ZIP file single modules can be selected.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Important to remember, point your unpack process right in @@ -1032,9 +1038,9 @@ the root directory of your TDS tree. The directory structure in the ZIP files start with the top-level directories:</p></div> <div class="listingblock"> <div class="content"> -<pre><code> doc/latex/base/... +<pre><tt> doc/latex/base/... tex/latex/tools/... - source/...</code></pre> + source/...</tt></pre> </div></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Rationale: The root directory of a TDS tree can have different names, such as texmf-dist, texmf-local, …</p></div> @@ -1068,10 +1074,10 @@ Depending on the module further installation steps can be <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -The default <code>texsys.cfg</code> that LaTeX provides is put - into <code>TDS:tex/latex/base</code>. It must be removed, if you need +The default <tt>texsys.cfg</tt> that LaTeX provides is put + into <tt>TDS:tex/latex/base</tt>. It must be removed, if you need a specialized version. Consult your TeX distribution - and <code>TDS:doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf</code> (module ltdirchk). + and <tt>TDS:doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf</tt> (module ltdirchk). Usually changes are not required for many TeX distributions such as Unix (web2c), MikTeX, … </p> @@ -1099,7 +1105,7 @@ The map files need further configuring (e.g., updmap). <li> <p> Module graphics does not provide all driver files, because some are - developed independently (<code>pdftex.def</code>, …). + developed independently (<tt>pdftex.def</tt>, …). </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1118,7 +1124,7 @@ of this license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in</p></div> <div class="listingblock"> <div class="content"> -<pre><code> http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt</code></pre> +<pre><tt> http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt</tt></pre> </div></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.</p></div> @@ -1144,24 +1150,24 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <col width="70%" /> <tbody> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>README </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>README </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">plain text file</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>README.html </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>README.html </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">standalone HTML file</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>README.pdf </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>README.pdf </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">PDF version</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>README.asciidoc </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>README.asciidoc </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">main source code in text document format <a href="http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/">AsciiDoc</a></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>README-docinfo.html </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">source code, read by asciidoc to generate <code>README.html</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>README-docinfo.html </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">source code, read by asciidoc to generate <tt>README.html</tt></p></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> @@ -1178,12 +1184,12 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <col width="70%" /> <tbody> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>license/lppl.txt </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>license/lppl.txt </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">LPPL (The LaTeX Project Public License) for latex-tds and adjust_checksum</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>license/ziptimetree/lgpl.txt </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>license/ziptimetree/lgpl.txt </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">LGPL (GNU Lesser General Public License) for ziptimetree, check-ascii, check-eolspaces</p></td> </tr> @@ -1202,29 +1208,29 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <col width="70%" /> <tbody> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>build.pl </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>build.pl </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">main script for building the distribution</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>lib/adjust_checksum.pl </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>lib/adjust_checksum.pl </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Perl script that runs a DTX file through - LaTeX and corrects its <code>\Checksum</code> if necessary</p></td> + LaTeX and corrects its <tt>\Checksum</tt> if necessary</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>lib/check-ascii.pl </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>lib/check-ascii.pl </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Perl script that looks for non-ASCII characters</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>lib/check-eolspaces.pl </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>lib/check-eolspaces.pl </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Perl script that looks for trailing spaces</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>lib/check-tds-installation.pl </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>lib/check-tds-installation.pl </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Perl script that compares a module with an installation inside a TDS tree.</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>lib/ziptimetree.pl </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>lib/ziptimetree.pl </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Perl script that generates a ZIP file from a directory tree with sorted entries (LGPL)</p></td> </tr> @@ -1243,58 +1249,58 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <col width="70%" /> <tbody> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/docstrip.cfg </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/docstrip.cfg </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">enables TDS feature and creates directories</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/errata.cfg </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/errata.cfg </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">for errata lists of latex/base</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/fix-expl3-lua.ini </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/fix-expl3-lua.ini </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">fix for expl3, if used in format file</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/hyperref.cfg </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/hyperref.cfg </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">hyperref configuration file</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/ltnews.cfg </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/ltnews.cfg </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">for LaTeX News of latex/base</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/ltugboat.cls </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/ltugboat.cls </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">setup for class ltugboat</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/ltxdoc.cfg </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/ltxdoc.cfg </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">setup for class ltxdoc</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/ltxguide.cfg </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/ltxguide.cfg </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">setup for the guide manuals in latex/base and required/psnfss</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/lualatex-tds.ini </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/lualatex-tds.ini </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">init file for format generation for LuaTeX</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/lualatex-tds2.ini </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/lualatex-tds2.ini </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">init file for LuaTeX format without LM Math</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/manual.cfg </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/manual.cfg </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">setup for errata list of the LaTeX manual in latex/base</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/pdflatex-tds.ini </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/pdflatex-tds.ini </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">init file for format generation for pdfTeX</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/tdsguide.cfg </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">setup for class <code>tdsguide.cls</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/tdsguide.cfg </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">setup for class <tt>tdsguide.cls</tt></p></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> @@ -1311,58 +1317,58 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <col width="70%" /> <tbody> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/ams.drv </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/ams.drv </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">generic doc driver for files from the amslatex bundle</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/doc_lppl.tex </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <code>base/lppl.tex</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/doc_lppl.tex </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <tt>base/lppl.tex</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/errata.all </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <code>knuth/errata/errata.pdf</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/errata.all </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <tt>knuth/errata/errata.pdf</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/errata.drv </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <code>knuth/errata/errata_*.pdf</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/errata.drv </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <tt>knuth/errata/errata_*.pdf</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/errorlog.drv </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <code>knuth/errata/errorlog.tex</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/errorlog.drv </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <tt>knuth/errata/errorlog.tex</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/etex_man.drv </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <code>etex/etex_man.tex</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/etex_man.drv </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <tt>etex/etex_man.tex</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/knuth.drv </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <code>knuth/</code>{<code>texware</code>,<code>mfware</code>,<code>etc</code>}+/*.web+</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/knuth.drv </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver for <tt>knuth/</tt>{<tt>texware</tt>,<tt>mfware</tt>,<tt>etc</tt>}+/*.web+</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/knuth-outline.tex </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/knuth-outline.tex </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">outline file list for module knuth</p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/ltnews.tex </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">master file that merges all <code>base/ltnews*.tex</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/ltnews.tex </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">master file that merges all <tt>base/ltnews*.tex</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/ltxcheck.drv </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver with patches for <code>ltxcheck.tex</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/ltxcheck.drv </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver with patches for <tt>ltxcheck.tex</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/psnfss2e.drv </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver with patches for <code>psnfss2e.tex</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/psnfss2e.drv </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">doc driver with patches for <tt>psnfss2e.tex</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/tools-overview.cls </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class for <code>tools.tex</code></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/tools-overview.cls </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class for <tt>tools.tex</tt></p></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>tex/tools.tex </code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>tex/tools.tex </tt></pre></div></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">master file for tools overview, generated - by the <code>build.pl</code> script from <code>tools/manifest.txt</code></p></td> + by the <tt>build.pl</tt> script from <tt>tools/manifest.txt</tt></p></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> @@ -1385,60 +1391,60 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> </thead> <tbody> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/amsclass.dtx.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>amslatex/amsclass.dtx</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/amsclass.dtx.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>amslatex/amsclass.dtx</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/amsfndoc.def.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>amsfonts/amsfndoc.def</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/amsfndoc.def.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>amsfonts/amsfndoc.def</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/amsfndoc.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>amsfonts/amsfndoc.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/amsfndoc.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>amsfonts/amsfndoc.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/amsldoc.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>amslatex/amsldoc.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/amsldoc.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>amslatex/amsldoc.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/changes.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>amslatex/amsrefs/changes.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/changes.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>amslatex/amsrefs/changes.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/encguide.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>base/encguide.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/encguide.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>base/encguide.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/errorlog.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>knuth/errata/errorlog.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/errorlog.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>knuth/errata/errorlog.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/logmac.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>knuth/errata/logmac.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/logmac.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>knuth/errata/logmac.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/source2e.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>base/source2e.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/source2e.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>base/source2e.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/tlc2.err.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>base/tlc2.err</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/tlc2.err.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>base/tlc2.err</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/trapman.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>knuth/mf/trapman.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/trapman.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>knuth/mf/trapman.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/tripman.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>knuth/tex/tripman.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/tripman.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>knuth/tex/tripman.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/utf8ienc.dtx.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>base/utf8ienc.dtx</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/utf8ienc.dtx.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>base/utf8ienc.dtx</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> <tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>patch/webman.tex.diff </code></pre></div></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><code>knuth/web/webman.tex</code></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>patch/webman.tex.diff </tt></pre></div></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="literal"><pre><tt>knuth/web/webman.tex</tt></pre></div></td> </tr> </tbody> </table> @@ -1493,7 +1499,7 @@ Output format of generated documentation is PDF, see above. <li> <p> Documentation bundles are preferred to many partial documentation - files (e.g. <code>source2e.pdf</code> or <code>ltnews.pdf</code>). + files (e.g. <tt>source2e.pdf</tt> or <tt>ltnews.pdf</tt>). </p> </li> <li> @@ -1505,13 +1511,13 @@ If several expansion stages of a documentation are available, <li> <p> Files that do not fit in a program sub tree of TDS stay below - <code>TDS:source</code> (e.g. <code>latexbug.el</code> from latex/base). Then they do not + <tt>TDS:source</tt> (e.g. <tt>latexbug.el</tt> from latex/base). Then they do not get lost at least. </p> </li> <li> <p> -Page layout: <code>a4paper</code> with reduced vertical margins (exception: ltnews). +Page layout: <tt>a4paper</tt> with reduced vertical margins (exception: ltnews). (This also decreases the page number usually.) </p> </li> @@ -1531,18 +1537,18 @@ Page layout: <code>a4paper</code> with reduced vertical margins (exception: ltne <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -<code>source2e.pdf</code> is used instead of many single <code>lt*.pdf</code> files. +<tt>source2e.pdf</tt> is used instead of many single <tt>lt*.pdf</tt> files. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>ltnews.pdf</code> is introduced to avoid cluttering the doc directory - with many single sheet <code>ltnews*.pdf</code> files. +<tt>ltnews.pdf</tt> is introduced to avoid cluttering the doc directory + with many single sheet <tt>ltnews*.pdf</tt> files. </p> </li> <li> <p> -Patch for <code>ltfssdcl.dtx</code>: Checksum fixed. +Patch for <tt>ltfssdcl.dtx</tt>: Checksum fixed. </p> </li> <li> @@ -1557,9 +1563,9 @@ Patch for <code>ltfssdcl.dtx</code>: Checksum fixed. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Added: <code>tools.pdf</code> as overview/contents/index file with links +Added: <tt>tools.pdf</tt> as overview/contents/index file with links and short descriptions of the single packages. (It uses - the data from <code>manifest.txt</code>). + the data from <tt>manifest.txt</tt>). </p> </li> <li> @@ -1575,14 +1581,14 @@ Added: <code>tools.pdf</code> as overview/contents/index file with links <li> <p> Current CTAN → TDS mapping in use: - <code>CTAN:systems/knuth/dist</code> → <code>TDS:<toplevel>/knuth</code> + <tt>CTAN:systems/knuth/dist</tt> → <tt>TDS:<toplevel>/knuth</tt> </p> </li> <li> <p> Unsure where to put trip/trap files. Currently they are - put in <code>TDS:source</code>, because the documentation files - (<code>tripman.pdf</code>, <code>trapman.pdf</code>) are in <code>TDS:doc</code>. They lists the + put in <tt>TDS:source</tt>, because the documentation files + (<tt>tripman.pdf</tt>, <tt>trapman.pdf</tt>) are in <tt>TDS:doc</tt>. They lists the trip/trap files already. </p> </li> @@ -1595,7 +1601,7 @@ Not covered is </p> <div class="literalblock"> <div class="content"> -<pre><code>texmf-dist/fonts/source/public/mflogo/logo10.mf +<pre><tt>texmf-dist/fonts/source/public/mflogo/logo10.mf texmf-dist/fonts/source/public/mflogo/logo8.mf texmf-dist/fonts/source/public/mflogo/logo9.mf texmf-dist/fonts/source/public/mflogo/logobf10.mf @@ -1623,7 +1629,7 @@ texmf-dist/tex/plain/base/plain.tex texmf-dist/tex/plain/base/story.tex texmf-dist/tex/plain/base/testfont.tex texmf-dist/tex/plain/base/webmac.tex -texmf/tex/generic/hyphen/hyphen.tex</code></pre> +texmf/tex/generic/hyphen/hyphen.tex</tt></pre> </div></div> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1646,7 +1652,7 @@ Only the manual ‘etex_man’ is covered by this module. <div class="paragraph"><p>The most important advice I can give: ‘Forget it’! The purpose of the source files are rather to show, what was done in which way. -The <code>*.zip</code> with TDS trees are the goal of the project, not the +The <tt>*.zip</tt> with TDS trees are the goal of the project, not the build process. Some remarks, if someone wants to build the modules himself:</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> @@ -1694,20 +1700,20 @@ First step: I have written a tool that analyzes page stream contents and optimizes them (removal of unnecessary color settings, minimize translation operations, …) - → <code>pdfbox-rewrite.jar</code>. + → <tt>pdfbox-rewrite.jar</tt>. </p> </li> <li> <p> For reading and writing the PDF file I have used PDFBox - → <code>PDFBox-0.7.2.jar</code> (<a href="http://pdfbox.apache.org/">http://pdfbox.apache.org/</a>). + → <tt>PDFBox-0.7.2.jar</tt> (<a href="http://pdfbox.apache.org/">http://pdfbox.apache.org/</a>). </p> </li> <li> <p> To get better results I patched some of the classes of PDFBox (especially the write module) - → <code>pdfbox-rewrite.jar</code>. + → <tt>pdfbox-rewrite.jar</tt>. </p> </li> </ol></div> @@ -1716,19 +1722,19 @@ To get better results I patched some of the classes <p> The final conversion step was done by Multivalent, because it makes a very good job in PDF compression: - → <code>Multivalent20060102.jar</code> (<a href="http://multivalent.sourceforge.net/">http://multivalent.sourceforge.net/</a>) + → <tt>Multivalent20060102.jar</tt> (<a href="http://multivalent.sourceforge.net/">http://multivalent.sourceforge.net/</a>) </p> </li> </ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Multivalent and PDFBox are available, <code>pdfbox-rewrite.jar</code>, however, +<div class="paragraph"><p>Multivalent and PDFBox are available, <tt>pdfbox-rewrite.jar</tt>, however, is just a first prototype, not ripe for a release. Therefore this step of post-processing is optional for the project latex-tds. The build script looks for the library and skips this steps automatically if necessary. - If you give the build script the option <code>--nopostprocess</code>, + If you give the build script the option <tt>--nopostprocess</tt>, then it will skip the postprocess steps (building is faster, the pdf files a little larger). - Install the jar files in the directory <code>lib</code> where + Install the jar files in the directory <tt>lib</tt> where they are expected by the build script.</p></div> </div></div> </li> @@ -1809,7 +1815,7 @@ Index added to base/classes.dtx. </li> <li> <p> -ZIP files renamed: <code>*-tds.zip</code> → <code>*.zip</code> +ZIP files renamed: <tt>*-tds.zip</tt> → <tt>*.zip</tt> </p> </li> <li> @@ -1819,7 +1825,7 @@ Comment added to ZIP files. </li> <li> <p> -Update of <code>readme.txt</code>. +Update of <tt>readme.txt</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1842,18 +1848,18 @@ Obsolete hyphenation patterns added to babel’s source directory </li> <li> <p> -Script adjust_checksum added and scripts are put below <code>TDS:scripts</code>. +Script adjust_checksum added and scripts are put below <tt>TDS:scripts</tt>. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>TDS:makeindex/base/</code> renamed to <code>TDS:makeindex/latex/</code> +<tt>TDS:makeindex/base/</tt> renamed to <tt>TDS:makeindex/latex/</tt> </p> </li> <li> <p> -Exception for <code>sample2e.tex</code> and <code>small2e.tex</code> that now go into - <code>TDS:tex/latex/base/</code>. +Exception for <tt>sample2e.tex</tt> and <tt>small2e.tex</tt> that now go into + <tt>TDS:tex/latex/base/</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1865,13 +1871,13 @@ Exception for <code>sample2e.tex</code> and <code>small2e.tex</code> that now go <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Default <code>texsys.cfg</code> is generated. +Default <tt>texsys.cfg</tt> is generated. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>adjust_checksum.pl</code> and <code>ziptimetree.pl</code> now moved from the <code>scripts</code> - branch to <code>TDS:source/latex/latex-tds/lib/</code>. +<tt>adjust_checksum.pl</tt> and <tt>ziptimetree.pl</tt> now moved from the <tt>scripts</tt> + branch to <tt>TDS:source/latex/latex-tds/lib/</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1883,8 +1889,8 @@ Default <code>texsys.cfg</code> is generated. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Fix of <code>ltxguide.cfg</code> that had loaded doc.sty that disturbs the - verbatim stuff in <code>fntguide.tex</code>. +Fix of <tt>ltxguide.cfg</tt> that had loaded doc.sty that disturbs the + verbatim stuff in <tt>fntguide.tex</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1908,7 +1914,7 @@ Fix for documentation of longtable. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Patch for <code>babel/latin.dtx</code> added (babel/3922). +Patch for <tt>babel/latin.dtx</tt> added (babel/3922). </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1921,10 +1927,10 @@ Patch for <code>babel/latin.dtx</code> added (babel/3922). <li> <p> A minor update on CTAN regarding babel: - <code>iahyphen.tex</code>, <code>icehyph.tex</code>, and <code>lahyph.tex</code> are now symbolic links + <tt>iahyphen.tex</tt>, <tt>icehyph.tex</tt>, and <tt>lahyph.tex</tt> are now symbolic links to their location in <a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/language/hyphenation/">CTAN:language/hyphenation/</a>. Therefore also - <code>lahyph.tex</code> is now installed in <code>TDS:tex/generic/hyphen/</code>. + <tt>lahyph.tex</tt> is now installed in <tt>TDS:tex/generic/hyphen/</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1941,7 +1947,7 @@ Update of module amslatex because of updated package amsrefs. </li> <li> <p> -Fix in <code>latin.dtx.diff</code>. +Fix in <tt>latin.dtx.diff</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1958,7 +1964,7 @@ Update of babel. </li> <li> <p> -Update of amsrefs (<code>TDS:tex/latex/amscls</code> → <code>TDS:tex/latex/amsrefs</code>). +Update of amsrefs (<tt>TDS:tex/latex/amscls</tt> → <tt>TDS:tex/latex/amsrefs</tt>). </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1982,7 +1988,7 @@ Update of babel (2008/03/17). <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Fix: <code>latex/base/*.err</code> added to <code>TDS:source/latex/base/</code>. +Fix: <tt>latex/base/*.err</tt> added to <tt>TDS:source/latex/base/</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -1994,7 +2000,7 @@ Fix: <code>latex/base/*.err</code> added to <code>TDS:source/latex/base/</code>. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Using <code>.tds.zip</code> instead of .zip to follow <code>CTAN:install</code>'s naming +Using <tt>.tds.zip</tt> instead of .zip to follow <tt>CTAN:install</tt>'s naming conventions. </p> </li> @@ -2065,7 +2071,7 @@ Fixes and additions for module knuth. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module amslatex: <code>instr-l.tex</code> vanished from CTAN (but not at AMS side). +Module amslatex: <tt>instr-l.tex</tt> vanished from CTAN (but not at AMS side). </p> </li> <li> @@ -2093,12 +2099,12 @@ Module base: CTAN hyperlinks fixed. </li> <li> <p> -Module amslatex: Outdated URL fixed in <code>amsldoc.tex</code>. +Module amslatex: Outdated URL fixed in <tt>amsldoc.tex</tt>. </p> </li> <li> <p> -Module babel: Problem with already defined <code>\meta</code> in <code>tb1604.tex</code> fixed. +Module babel: Problem with already defined <tt>\meta</tt> in <tt>tb1604.tex</tt> fixed. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2120,7 +2126,7 @@ Using uptodate versions from LaTeX project page for errata lists. </li> <li> <p> -<code>lgc2.err</code> added (LaTeX Graphics Companion, 2. ed.). +<tt>lgc2.err</tt> added (LaTeX Graphics Companion, 2. ed.). </p> </li> <li> @@ -2132,7 +2138,7 @@ Various fixes in errata lists. </li> <li> <p> -Module tools: <code>array.dtx</code>: documentation fixed (tools/4044). +Module tools: <tt>array.dtx</tt>: documentation fixed (tools/4044). </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2200,7 +2206,7 @@ Update of LaTeX, release 2009/09/24. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module amslatex: Unhappily the <code>.zip</code> files are quite a mess, +Module amslatex: Unhappily the <tt>.zip</tt> files are quite a mess, because they contain a mixup of old and new versions. Tried to sort this out and fix the last update. </p> @@ -2229,7 +2235,7 @@ Module base: page layout for source2e fixed (changes, index). </li> <li> <p> -Module base: update of <code>.err</code> files. +Module base: update of <tt>.err</tt> files. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2263,7 +2269,7 @@ Erratas updated. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module base: patch for latex/4148 (Missing <code>\label</code> and <code>\ref</code> in <code>lppl.tex</code>). +Module base: patch for latex/4148 (Missing <tt>\label</tt> and <tt>\ref</tt> in <tt>lppl.tex</tt>). </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2277,7 +2283,7 @@ Module base: patch for latex/4148 (Missing <code>\label</code> and <code>\ref</c <p> Module amslatex: There is an outdated version of amsthm.sty in <a href="http://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/required/amslatex/amscls.tds.zip">CTAN:install/macros/latex/required/amslatex/amscls.tds.zip</a>. - The package <code>amsthm.sty</code> is now generated from the source. + The package <tt>amsthm.sty</tt> is now generated from the source. </p> </li> <li> @@ -2326,17 +2332,17 @@ Update of LaTeX, release 2011/06/27. </li> <li> <p> -Patch <code>ltpatch.ltx</code> to match the kernel version. +Patch <tt>ltpatch.ltx</tt> to match the kernel version. </p> </li> <li> <p> -Patch <code>lppl.tex.diff</code> removed (no longer needed). +Patch <tt>lppl.tex.diff</tt> removed (no longer needed). </p> </li> <li> <p> -Patch <code>ltfssdcl.dtx.diff</code> added (checksum fixed). +Patch <tt>ltfssdcl.dtx.diff</tt> added (checksum fixed). </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2394,7 +2400,7 @@ Update of LaTeX. </li> <li> <p> -Patches <code>ltpatch.ltx.diff</code> and <code>ltfssdcl.dtx.diff</code> removed +Patches <tt>ltpatch.ltx.diff</tt> and <tt>ltfssdcl.dtx.diff</tt> removed (no longer needed). </p> </li> @@ -2424,7 +2430,7 @@ Caching for PDF generation added. </li> <li> <p> -‘FINAL’ markers in the output of <code>build.pl</code> +‘FINAL’ markers in the output of <tt>build.pl</tt> for final (Lua|pdf)TeX runs. </p> </li> @@ -2493,12 +2499,12 @@ Update of amslatex (amsrefs). </li> <li> <p> -Update of <code>readme.txt</code> that is renamed to <code>README</code> (CTAN convention). +Update of <tt>readme.txt</tt> that is renamed to <tt>README</tt> (CTAN convention). </p> </li> <li> <p> -Update of <code>tlc2.err</code>. +Update of <tt>tlc2.err</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2515,13 +2521,13 @@ Update of amslatex (amsrefs). </li> <li> <p> -Module amslatex: <code>cite-x*.tex</code>, <code>jb.bib</code> in <code>TDS:source/</code>, because +Module amslatex: <tt>cite-x*.tex</tt>, <tt>jb.bib</tt> in <tt>TDS:source/</tt>, because these files are now classified as test files. </p> </li> <li> <p> -Module base: <code>lb2.err</code> and <code>tlc2.err</code> updated. +Module base: <tt>lb2.err</tt> and <tt>tlc2.err</tt> updated. </p> </li> <li> @@ -2551,23 +2557,23 @@ Module amsfonts added. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Patch file <code>lb2.err.diff</code> removed by call of sed inside <code>build.pl</code>. +Patch file <tt>lb2.err.diff</tt> removed by call of sed inside <tt>build.pl</tt>. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>README</code> rewritten in text document format <a href="http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/">AsciiDoc</a> +<tt>README</tt> rewritten in text document format <a href="http://www.methods.co.nz/asciidoc/">AsciiDoc</a> and added as HTML and PDF files. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>README.asciidoc</code> updated. +<tt>README.asciidoc</tt> updated. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>Makefile</code>: Target ‘check-links’ added. +<tt>Makefile</tt>: Target ‘check-links’ added. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2579,7 +2585,7 @@ Patch file <code>lb2.err.diff</code> removed by call of sed inside <code>build.p <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -<code>README</code> generated from <code>README.asciidoc</code> via <code>README.html</code>. +<tt>README</tt> generated from <tt>README.asciidoc</tt> via <tt>README.html</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2591,12 +2597,12 @@ Patch file <code>lb2.err.diff</code> removed by call of sed inside <code>build.p <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -<code>README.asciidoc</code>: Additions and updates. +<tt>README.asciidoc</tt>: Additions and updates. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>README.pdf</code> generated by wkhtmltopdf via <code>README.html</code>. +<tt>README.pdf</tt> generated by wkhtmltopdf via <tt>README.html</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2655,7 +2661,7 @@ Update of knuth (2014/01/19). </li> <li> <p> -Update of base (errata lists: <code>lb2.err</code>, <code>tlc2.err</code>). +Update of base (errata lists: <tt>lb2.err</tt>, <tt>tlc2.err</tt>). </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2685,7 +2691,7 @@ Update of armtex (needed to generate module base). </li> <li> <p> -New options <code>--vcs</code> and <code>--vcs-update</code> for using the files of +New options <tt>--vcs</tt> and <tt>--vcs-update</tt> for using the files of the public source repository of the LaTeX project. </p> </li> @@ -2715,12 +2721,12 @@ Update of base and graphics. </li> <li> <p> -<code>README.html</code> with Unix line ends. +<tt>README.html</tt> with Unix line ends. </p> </li> <li> <p> -ZIP file for CTAN upload with top level directory <code>latex-tds</code>. +ZIP file for CTAN upload with top level directory <tt>latex-tds</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2732,7 +2738,7 @@ ZIP file for CTAN upload with top level directory <code>latex-tds</code>. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module cyrillic: Missing <code>00readme.txt</code> added. +Module cyrillic: Missing <tt>00readme.txt</tt> added. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2744,22 +2750,22 @@ Module cyrillic: Missing <code>00readme.txt</code> added. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module base: <code>fix-cm</code> updated (2014/05/13 v1.1q). +Module base: <tt>fix-cm</tt> updated (2014/05/13 v1.1q). </p> </li> <li> <p> -Module tools: <code>tabularx</code> updated (2014/05/13 v2.10). +Module tools: <tt>tabularx</tt> updated (2014/05/13 v2.10). </p> </li> <li> <p> -Module tools: <code>readme.txt</code> renamed to <code>00readme.txt</code>. +Module tools: <tt>readme.txt</tt> renamed to <tt>00readme.txt</tt>. </p> </li> <li> <p> -Module knuth: <code>.web</code> files are put below <code>TDS:web/knuth//</code>. +Module knuth: <tt>.web</tt> files are put below <tt>TDS:web/knuth//</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2771,22 +2777,22 @@ Module knuth: <code>.web</code> files are put below <code>TDS:web/knuth//</code> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module base: Formatting of <code>ltnews.pdf</code> fixed. +Module base: Formatting of <tt>ltnews.pdf</tt> fixed. </p> </li> <li> <p> -<code>fix-expl3-lua.ini</code> added to support putting package expl into a format. +<tt>fix-expl3-lua.ini</tt> added to support putting package expl into a format. </p> </li> <li> <p> -Script <code>check-tds-installation.pl</code> added. +Script <tt>check-tds-installation.pl</tt> added. </p> </li> <li> <p> -Module amslatex: <code>TDS:bibtex/bst/ams</code> renamed to <code>TDS:bibtex/bst/amscls</code>. +Module amslatex: <tt>TDS:bibtex/bst/ams</tt> renamed to <tt>TDS:bibtex/bst/amscls</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2798,7 +2804,7 @@ Module amslatex: <code>TDS:bibtex/bst/ams</code> renamed to <code>TDS:bibtex/bst <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module amslatex: Sources for <code>amsbooka</code> added. +Module amslatex: Sources for <tt>amsbooka</tt> added. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2810,7 +2816,7 @@ Module amslatex: Sources for <code>amsbooka</code> added. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module base: Update of <code>fixltx2e.dtx</code>. +Module base: Update of <tt>fixltx2e.dtx</tt>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2822,12 +2828,29 @@ Module base: Update of <code>fixltx2e.dtx</code>. <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Module tools: Update of packages <code>varioref</code> and <code>multicol</code>. +Module tools: Update of packages <tt>varioref</tt> and <tt>multicol</tt>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Module base: Update of <tt>fixltx2e</tt>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</dd> +<dt class="hdlist1"> +2014/11/03 +</dt> +<dd> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Module base: Update (2014-10-12). </p> </li> <li> <p> -Module base: Update of <code>fixltx2e</code>. +Module tools: Update (2014-10-28). </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2839,7 +2862,7 @@ Module base: Update of <code>fixltx2e</code>. <div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> <div id="footer"> <div id="footer-text"> -Last updated 2014-09-17 04:36:47 CEST +Last updated 2014-11-03 18:10:45 EST </div> </div> </body> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README.pdf Binary files differindex 1fc951c0d33..fc271ff4ac4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/latex-tds/README.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf Binary files differindex ea441b426fa..b45584c6c62 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf Binary files differindex 9371aa0a209..6c5dfc8d40d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf Binary files differindex be4cfe902e4..1fa88d96551 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf Binary files differindex d88ed8428dc..51e312edbff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt index ea0389cb81b..abc40942d20 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt @@ -5,6 +5,34 @@ completeness or accuracy and it contains some references to files that are not part of the distribution. ======================================================================= +2014-10-28 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> + + * multicol.dtx: In \end{multicols*} only add vertical space if not + doing already doing \raggedcolumns and add \null to hide the final + fill if added so that it doesn't get removed again. + +2014-10-28 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> + * afterpage.dtx, array.dtx, bm.dtx, calc.dtx, dcolumn.dtx, + delarray.dtx, enumerate.dtx, ftnright.dtx, hhline.dtx, layout.dtx, + longtable.dtx, multicol.dtx, showkeys.dtx, tabularx.dtx, + theorem.dtx, trace.dtx, varioref.dtx, verbatim.dtx, xspace.dtx + + Fixed typos found by Karl Berry in documentation (no version number change) + +2014-09-12 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> + + * multicol.dtx: change ragged columns to not just fill the + column but also back up by \maxdepth if they otherwise become + overfull as adding glue at the bottom means the column will + never have any depth and before they had. (pr/4395) + + \maxdepth is applied to all column boxes. That was initially not + necessary as \splitmaxdepth was doing the trick. However, the + moment those boxes get reboxed this information is lost and + resulted in some subtle errors. (pr/4395) + + Suppress even really bad overfull warnings while looping + 2014-08-24 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org> * multicol.dtx: set \prevdepth to 0pt (in the right place) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf Binary files differindex c2741293da6..1b9cd0221ae 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf Binary files differindex 0116bbf0c3b..3b1110fda02 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf Binary files differindex ffc980bfaad..c24d2e40c30 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf Binary files differindex d2c8a6d3a23..9ab3eb6273e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf Binary files differindex 483df25a313..d62d4da123c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf Binary files differindex 120973c25c4..6bcb6876313 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf Binary files differindex a05767b760c..b876e9398a1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf Binary files differindex 7fa8772dc70..9fbb7a5872d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf Binary files differindex e8b20f8903b..3e6bd33da31 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf Binary files differindex 51c00abf145..39751032be6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf Binary files differindex 0db29c9728c..718576c4af0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf Binary files differindex e664a51652e..6b3594746bb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf Binary files differindex 090cbe5be19..b0685ed1c88 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf Binary files differindex 75ad4842330..2c06f19cc9f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf Binary files differindex d121bb7e069..c6da9628958 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf Binary files differindex bee99fd92f7..a1ea7a53d42 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools.pdf Binary files differindex d45f3daa6d6..ca64ca5b430 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf Binary files differindex c504e6dfbb4..63533f49ffc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf Binary files differindex 4937ddeb5ff..36c1958aeb2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf Binary files differindex e5183c1a2c8..dc4a39d625d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf Binary files differindex c7a3d594864..22a86bf632e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf Binary files differindex db8a0b686e3..dfc9ccac7ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx index e9a6ca5e37c..9c906a7044b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ %<*driver> \ProvidesFile{classes.drv} %</driver> - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h %<article|report|book> Standard LaTeX document class] %<10pt|11pt|12pt> Standard LaTeX file (size option)] % \end{macrocode} @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ % \changes{v1.0d}{1993/11/30}{Added use of \cs{NeedsTeXFormat}} % \changes{v1.0d}{1993/11/30}{Replaced \cs{bf} with \cs{bfseries}; % \cs{rm} with \cs{rmfamily}} -% \changes{v1.0d}{1993/11/30}{Made eqaution and eqnarray environments +% \changes{v1.0d}{1993/11/30}{Made equation and eqnarray environments % in the fleqn option up to date with latex.dtx} % \changes{v1.0f}{1993/12/08}{Made all lines shorter than 72 characters} % \changes{v1.0g}{1993/12/08}{Made change in eqnarray for the fleqn @@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ % \changes{v1.0n}{1994/01/19}{Removed code for makeidx option and made % it a separate package; removed use of \cs{setlength} from list % parameters.} -% \changes{v1.0o}{1994/01/31}{Small documention changes} -% \changes{v1.0q}{1994/02/16}{Small documention changes} +% \changes{v1.0o}{1994/01/31}{Small documentation changes} +% \changes{v1.0q}{1994/02/16}{Small documentation changes} % \changes{v1.1a}{1994/03/12}{Removed \cs{typeout} messages} % \changes{v1.1f}{1994/04/15}{Inserted forgotten line break} % \changes{v1.2a}{1994/03/17}{Added openright option. (LL)} @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ % \subsubsection{Margins} % % Most of the values of these parameters are now calculated, based -% on the papersize in use. In the calcluations the |\marginparsep| +% on the papersize in use. In the calculations the |\marginparsep| % needs to be taken into account so we give it its value first. % % \begin{macro}{\marginparsep} @@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@ \fi % \end{macrocode} % Now we set the title in a large bold font. We prevent a pagebreak -% from occuring in the middle of or after the title. Finally we +% from occurring in the middle of or after the title. Finally we % leave some whitespace before the text begins. % \changes{v1.2v}{1994/11/30}{Added \cs{interlinepenalty}\cs{@M} to % prevent a pagebreak in the middle of a title} @@ -3591,7 +3591,7 @@ % \changes{v1.0f}{1993/12/08}{Macro added} % % The commands to change the family. When in compatibility mode we -% select the `default' font first, to get \LaTeX2.09 behviour. +% select the `default' font first, to get \LaTeX2.09 behaviour. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm} \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sf}{\normalfont\sffamily}{\mathsf} @@ -3732,7 +3732,7 @@ % % \changes{v1.0g}{1993/12/09}{Moved the setting of % \cs{@restonecolfalse}} -% \changes{v1.4h}{2007/10/19}{Explain why \cs{@mkboth} is insde the heading +% \changes{v1.4h}{2007/10/19}{Explain why \cs{@mkboth} is inside the heading % arg for \cs{tableofcontents} (pr/3285 and pr/3984)} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand\tableofcontents{% @@ -4240,7 +4240,7 @@ % Usually, footnotes are separated from the main body of the text % by a small rule. This rule is drawn by the macro |\footnoterule|. % We have to make sure that the rule takes no vertical space (see -% \file{plain.tex}) so we compensate for the natural heigth of the +% \file{plain.tex}) so we compensate for the natural height of the % rule of 0.4pt by adding the right amount of vertical skip. % % To prevent the rule from colliding with the footnote we first add diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/cmfonts.fdd b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/cmfonts.fdd index 794fd3ef22c..7e1142b4020 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/cmfonts.fdd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/cmfonts.fdd @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ %<*driver, > \ProvidesFile{cmfonts.drv} %</driver, > - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] % %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ % % \subsubsection{Commands for fonts with the `EC' naming scheme} % Before the declarations for the individual fonts, first define -% some abreviations that may be used as most of the fonts in the +% some abbreviations that may be used as most of the fonts in the % `new' dc font distribution come in the same range of sizes. % The same is true for the ec fonts, with a somewhat enlarged font % size range. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx index 2b98a6b0e71..ff04e40869d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -36,7 +35,7 @@ %<+package|shortvrb>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] %<+package> \ProvidesPackage{doc} %<+shortvrb>\ProvidesPackage{shortvrb} -%<+package|shortvrb> [2010/02/04 v2.1e +%<+package|shortvrb> [2014/09/29 v2.1e %<+package|shortvrb> Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)] %\catcode`\<=12 % @@ -1247,7 +1246,7 @@ % The first thing that we do next is to get ourselves a new comment % sign. Because all sensible signs are already occupied, we will % choose one that can only be entered indirectly: -% {\DoNotIndex{\^}^^A avoid misinterpretion !!!!! VERIFY +% {\DoNotIndex{\^}^^A avoid misinterpretation !!!!! VERIFY % \begin{macrocode} \catcode`\^^A=14 % \end{macrocode} @@ -2086,9 +2085,9 @@ % \changes{v1.8b}{1993/09/21}{Changed to conform to new LaTeX \cs{verb}} % We re-define "\verb" to check for newlines in its argument since a % missing delimiter is difficult to detect in \DOC{} source. -% The code is the saem as in latex.tex of September 19, 1993. +% The code is the same as in \texttt{latex.tex} of September 19, 1993. % Perhaps there should be a font-changing -% hook rather than just using "\tt", but if so it probably should be +% hook rather than just using "\ttfamily", but if so it probably should be % different from "\MacroFont" since that normally includes "\small" % and would look wrong inline. % \changes{v1.7a}{1992/02/28}{Added math mode check (from verbatim.sty)} @@ -2357,7 +2356,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\endmacro} % \begin{macro}{\endenvironment} % Older releases of this environment omit the |\endgroup| token, -% when being nested. This was done to avoid unnessary stack usage. +% when being nested. This was done to avoid unnecessary stack usage. % However it does not work if \textsf{macro} and % \textsf{environment} environments are mixed, therefore we now % use a simpler approach. @@ -3858,7 +3857,7 @@ % find out about change entries at outer level} % If the macro "\saved@macroname" doesn't contain any macro name % (ie is empty) the current changes entry was done at top-level. -% In this case we preceed it by "\generalname". +% In this case we precede it by "\generalname". % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty \space @@ -4130,7 +4129,7 @@ % disadvantage of this method was that |\meta| was neither robust % nor could it be |\protect|ed. The new implementation fixes this % problem by defining |\meta| in a radically different way: we -% prevent hypenation by defining a |\language| which has no +% prevent hyphenation by defining a |\language| which has no % patterns associated with it and use this to typeset the words % within the angle brackets. % \changes{v2.0i}{2000/05/21}{New implementation (pr/3170)} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx index ab107aecf86..9cc300b15c6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \def\filename{docstrip.dtx} -\def\fileversion{2.5d} -\def\filedate{2005/07/29} -\def\docdate {2014/04/19} +\def\fileversion{2.5e} +\def\filedate{2014/09/29} +\def\docdate {2014/09/29} % \CheckSum{2439} %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ % that such programs may take longer than expected to run because % \TeX\ is an interpreter and has to decide for each line of the % program file what it has to do with it. Therefore, \TeX\ programs -% may be speeded up by removing all comments from them. +% may be sped up by removing all comments from them. % % By removing the comments from a \TeX\ program a new problem is % introduced. We now have two versions of the program and both of @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ %\end{verbatim} % in my config file''. The answer is |\UseTDS|. This macro causes % \ds{} to use labels themselves for any directory you haven't -% overriden with |\DeclareDir|. The default behaviour is to raise +% overridden with |\DeclareDir|. The default behaviour is to raise % an error on undefined labels because some users may want to know % exactly where files go and not to allow \ds{} to write to random % places. However I (MW) think this is pretty cool and my @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ % |\askonceonly|. This means that after the first time the batchfile % asks the user a question, the user is given an option of to change % the behaviour so that `yes' will be automatically assumed for all -% future questions. This applies to any use of the \ds{} commamnd +% future questions. This applies to any use of the \ds{} command % |\Ask| including, but not restricted to, the file overwrite % questions controlled by |\askforoverwritetrue|. % @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ % \subsubsection{Supporting old interface} % % \DescribeMacro{\generateFile} -% Here is the old syntax for specifing what files are to be +% Here is the old syntax for specifying what files are to be % generated. It allows specification of just one output file. % \begin{quote} % |\generateFile{|\meta{output}|}{|\meta{ask}|}{|[|\from{|^^A @@ -810,11 +810,11 @@ % % \subsection{Stuff \ds\ puts in every file} % First problem when producing files in ``other'' languages is that -% \ds\ adds some bits to the begining and end of every generated +% \ds\ adds some bits to the beginning and end of every generated % file that may not fit with the syntax of the language in % question. So we'll study carefully what exactly goes where. % -% The whole text put on begining of file is kept in a macro defined +% The whole text put on beginning of file is kept in a macro defined % by |\declarepreamble|. Every line of input presented to % |\declarepreamble| is prepended with current value of % |\MetaPrefix|. Standard \ds\ header is inserted before your text, @@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ Z % \begin{macro}{\MetaPrefix} % To be able to display percent-signs on the terminal, a % \texttt{\%} with category code 12 is stored in |\perCent| and -% |\DoubleperCent|. The macro |\MetaPrefix| is put on begining of +% |\DoubleperCent|. The macro |\MetaPrefix| is put on beginning of % every meta-comment line. It is defined indirect way since some % applications need redefining it. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ Z \Ask\noprompt{% By default you will be asked this question for every file.^^J% If you enter `y' now,^^J% - I will asssume `y' for all future questions^^J% + I will assume `y' for all future questions^^J% without prompting.}% \ifx\y\noprompt\let\noprompt\yes\fi \ifx\yes\noprompt\gdef\Ask####1####2{\def####1{y}}\fi}} @@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ Z % \begin{macro}{\uptospace} % \changes{2.3c}{1995/08/24}{Macro added} % This macro extracts from its argument delimited with |\qStop| -% part up to first occurence of space. +% part up to first occurrence of space. % \begin{macrocode} \def\uptospace#1 #2\qStop{#1} % \end{macrocode} @@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@ in the same archive or directory.) % add |\usepreamble\originaldefault| to your .ins files. % Note then that your file can not be included in most TeX distributions % on CD which are distributed `pre-installed' with all \LaTeX\ files -% extracted form th edocumented sources and moved to a suitable +% extracted form the documented sources and moved to a suitable % directory in \TeX's search path. % \begin{macrocode} \declarepreamble\originaldefault @@ -3493,7 +3493,7 @@ for copying and modification in the file \inFileName. % \subsection{Support for writing to specified directories} % % As we've seen before every output file is written to directory -% specifed by the value of |\destdir| current at the moment of +% specified by the value of |\destdir| current at the moment of % this file's |\file| declaration. % % \begin{macro}{\usedir} @@ -3515,7 +3515,7 @@ for copying and modification in the file \inFileName. % \begin{macro}{\BaseDirectory} % \changes{2.3e}{1995/09/15}{Macro added} % \changes{2.4e}{1996/10/22}{\cs{@setwritetodir} added (DPC)} -% This is config file command for specifing root directory of the +% This is config file command for specifying root directory of the % \TeX{} hierarchy. It enables the whole directory % selecting mechanism by redefining |\usedir|. % First make sure that the directory syntax commands have been set @@ -4100,9 +4100,10 @@ for copying and modification in the file \inFileName. * Finally give the list of input file(s) without \space\space*}% % \end{macrocode} % the name of the input file or a list of names, separated by commas. +% \changes{2.5e}{2014/09/29}{Typo in \cs{Ask} argument fixed} % \begin{macrocode} \Ask\filelist{% - * extension seperated by commas if necessary % + * extension separated by commas if necessary % \space\space\space\space: *}% \Msg{****************************************************^^J}}% % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/encguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/encguide.tex index a38ce10f789..332368e7585 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/encguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/encguide.tex @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ \author{Frank Mittelbach \and Robin Fairbairns \and Werner Lemberg \and \LaTeX3 Project Team.} -\date{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2014 \\[5pt] 23 March 2014} +\date{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2014 \\[5pt] 29 October 2014} \begin{document} @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ given in \cite{ziegler}. {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}} This is an alternative to the \Enc{T1} encoding developed by Y\&Y and - used in their commerical \TeX{} implementation. + used in their commercial \TeX{} implementation. \end{encodinginfo} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/exscale.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/exscale.dtx index 70104afbe43..6d78aa756c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/exscale.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/exscale.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} %<package>\ProvidesPackage{exscale} %<fd, >\ProvidesFile{OMXcmex.fd} -%<package,fd> [2007/10/29 v2.1h +%<package,fd> [2014/09/29 v2.1h %<package> Standard LaTeX package exscale] %<fd, > exscale package font definitions] %<*driver> @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ \endgroup} % \end{macrocode} % Now we can define the macros. Note: |\n@space| sets the internal -% variables |\nulldelimiterspace| and |\mathsurropund| to zero length. +% variables |\nulldelimiterspace| and |\mathsurround| to zero length. % \begin{macrocode} \def\bBigg@#1#2{% {\hbox{$\left#2\vcenter to#1\big@size{}\right.\n@space$}}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fixltx2e.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fixltx2e.dtx index dc2d5522254..0898f5c1303 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fixltx2e.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fixltx2e.dtx @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{fixltx2e.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{fixltx2e.dtx} - [2014/08/30 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX] + [2014/09/29 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ % >Originator: stefan.pofahl@zsw-bw.de (Stefan Pofahl) % % If I use /fnsymbol together with fixltx2e.sty I can not use -% optinal parameter [num] +% optional parameter [num] % \footnotemark[1] is not showing the mark number 1 but % the mark \value{footnote}. %\end{verbatim} @@ -680,8 +680,8 @@ % your \LaTeX\ format then we have to choose between the lesser of two % evils: 1)~breaking ligatures and preventing kerning or 2)~face the % risk of choosing text-mode at the beginning of an alignment cell, -% which was suppodes to be math-mode. We have decided upon 1) as is -% costumary for regular robust commands in \LaTeX. +% which was supposed to be math-mode. We have decided upon 1) as is +% customary for regular robust commands in \LaTeX. % % % \subsection{Fewer fragile commands} @@ -696,12 +696,12 @@ % Use of a \raisebox in \section{} produces the error message % mentioned in the subject. % -% PR latex/1738 descriped a similar problem, which has been solved +% PR latex/1738 described a similar problem, which has been solved % 10 years ago. Protecting the \raisebox with \protect solved my % problem as well, but wouldn't it make sense to have a similar fix % as in the PR? % -% It is particulary confusing, that an unprotected \raisebox in a +% It is particularly confusing, that an unprotected \raisebox in a % \section*-environment works fine, while in a \section-environment % produces error. %\end{verbatim} @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ % arguments of floats. |\begin{figure}[tB]| the |B| is ignored so it % acts like |\begin{figure}[t]| However |\begin{figure}[B]| does % \emph{not} act like |\begin{figure}[]| as the check for an empty -% argumant, or unsupplied argument, is earlier. |[]| causes the +% argument, or unsupplied argument, is earlier. |[]| causes the % default float placement to be used, but |[B]| means that \emph{no} % float area is allowed and so the float will not be placed until the % next |\clearpage| or end of document, no warning is given. @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ % \changes{v1.1d}{2000/09/24}{FMi: use output routine to % defer float} % \changes{v1.1p}{2014/04/27}{Inline the code to allow some -% coexistance with packages that hook into \cs{end@float} and do not +% coexistence with packages that hook into \cs{end@float} and do not % know about the algorithm change} % \begin{macrocode} \@cons\@currlist\@currbox @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % All the remaining changes are replacing the double column defer list -% or insering the extra test |\@testwrongwidth|\marg{box} at suitable +% or inserting the extra test |\@testwrongwidth|\marg{box} at suitable % places. That is at places where a box is taken off the deferlist. % \begin{macrocode} \def \@doclearpage {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx index 6ec2d69c688..b4f283ff3f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %<driver, >\ProvidesFile{fontdef.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{fontdef.dtx} - [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel + [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel % \iftrue (\else %<text, >(Text %<math, >(Math @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ % The declarations below declare the text, script and scriptscript % size to be used for each text font size. % -% All occurences of sizes longer than a single character are replaced +% All occurrences of sizes longer than a single character are replaced % with the macro name that holds them, saving a number of % tokens (but losing a bit of speed, so this may not stay this way). % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ifthen.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ifthen.dtx index bf395982761..99a4247c867 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ifthen.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ifthen.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{ifthen.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{ifthen.dtx} - [2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ % It is unfortunate that in order to remain compatible with |ifthen| % syntax, it is necessary to have a two pass system. The first pass % inside an |\edef| `exposes' the |\if|\ldots\ |\fi| tokens, so the -% corect clauses may be skipped on the second pass. This means that the +% correct clauses may be skipped on the second pass. This means that the % whole |\ifthenelse| command does not work by expansion, and so % possibly has only limited usefulness for macro code writers. % The main problem with the |ifthen:| syntax is that (unique for \LaTeX) diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexbug.el b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexbug.el index b35cb987712..853b68e1e45 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexbug.el +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexbug.el @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ corresponding to directories in the standard LaTeX distribution: This text will be used as the mail header on all subsequent correspondence. Please use informative strings. - For example: \\mathit generates error in foobar environmenent + For example: \\mathit generates error in foobar environment rather than just `LaTeX Bug' or similar strings. ") (set-buffer ltxbug-msg) @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ the behaviour. Please try to keep the file below 60 lines. (set-buffer ltxbug-help) (erase-buffer) (insert " -Complete your bug report by giving the full descripition +Complete your bug report by giving the full description below the `Description of bug:' header. There are other database fields you may wish to add, diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx index 9fb30db943a..076d0af3582 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ %<*driver> \ProvidesFile{letter.drv} %</driver> - [1999/04/29 v1.2z + [2014/09/29 v1.2z %<+letter> Standard LaTeX document class] % \end{macrocode} % @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ \ProcessOptions % \end{macrocode} % Now that all the options have been executed we can load the -% chosen class option file that contains all size dependant code. +% chosen class option file that contains all size dependent code. % \begin{macrocode} \input{size1\@ptsize.clo} % \end{macrocode} @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ % The commands |\nopagebreak| and |\nolinebreak| put in penalties % to discourage these breaks at the point they are put in. % They use |\@lowpenalty|, |\@medpenalty| or |\@highpenalty|, -% dependant on their argument. +% dependent on their argument. % \begin{macrocode} \@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ % |\oddsidemargin| and |\evensidemargin| are computed from those of % |\paperwidth| and |\textwidth|. % \changes{v1.2n}{1994/07/13}{Added fixed values for these parameters -% in compatibillity mode} +% in compatibility mode} % \begin{macrocode} \if@compatibility \setlength\oddsidemargin{53pt} @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\smallskipamount} -% \begin{macro}{\mdeskipamount} +% \begin{macro}{\medskipamount} % \begin{macro}{\bigskipamount} % Of these three, only |\medskipmount| is actually used above. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ % \begin{itemize} % \item |\startlabels| : Should reset the page layout parameters if % necessary. -% \item |\mlabel|\marg{return address}\marg{to adress} : Command to +% \item |\mlabel|\marg{return address}\marg{to address} : Command to % generate a single label. % \end{itemize} % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx index 89285e0a36a..e60716bd856 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltboxes.dtx} - [2006/05/18 v1.1g LaTeX Kernel (Box Commands)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1g LaTeX Kernel (Box Commands)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltboxes.dtx} @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ % {macro added} % \changes{v0.1a}{1993/12/03} % {color support} -% This macro is initialy a no-op, but the colour package will redefine +% This macro is initially a no-op, but the colour package will redefine % it to insert a |\special|. % \begin{macrocode} \let\set@color\relax @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\color@endbox} % \changes{v1.0n}{1994/11/05} % {macro added for colour support} -% These macros are initialy a no-op, but the colour package will +% These macros are initially a no-op, but the colour package will % redefine them to be |\begingroup|, |\endgroup|, % |\begingroup\set@color|,\\ |\hbox\bgroup\color@begingroup|, % |\color@endgroup\egroup|. @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ % \changes{v1.0b}{1994/03/14} % {Use \cs{color@setgroup}} % \changes{v1.0d}{1994/04/15} -% {Added missing precent character.} +% {Added missing procent character.} % \changes{v1.0v}{1995/07/20} % {Use \cs{sbox}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ % % The following definition of |\frame| was written by Pavel Curtis % (Extra space removed 14 Jan 88) -% RmS 92/08/24: Replaced occurence of |\@halfwidth| by |\@wholewidth| +% RmS 92/08/24: Replaced occurrence of |\@halfwidth| by |\@wholewidth| % \begin{macrocode} \long\def\frame#1{% \leavevmode diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx index 1a01a1698ab..89cca2fb9f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993-2013 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltclass.dtx} - [2013/07/07 v1.1i LaTeX Kernel (Class & Package Interface)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1i LaTeX Kernel (Class & Package Interface)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltclass.dtx} @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ % {Move \cs{@missingfileerror} to ltfiles} % % \begin{macro}{\if@compatibility} -% The flag for compatibilty mode. +% The flag for compatibility mode. % \begin{macrocode} \newif\if@compatibility % \end{macrocode} @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ \@onlypreamble\@if@ptions % \end{macrocode} % -% Probably shouldnt use |\CurrentOption| here\ldots (changed to +% Probably shouldn't use |\CurrentOption| here\ldots (changed to % |\reserved@b|.) % \changes{v0.2y}{1994/02/07} % {Add extra ,s so `two' is not matched with `twocolumn'} @@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ % Have the main argument as |#1|, so we only need one |\expandafter| % above. % \changes{v0.2a}{1993/11/14} -% {Moved reseting of \cs{default@ds}, \cs{ds@} and +% {Moved resetting of \cs{default@ds}, \cs{ds@} and % \cs{@declaredoptions} here, from the end of % \cs{ProcessOptions}.} % \changes{v0.2f}{1993/11/22} @@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ % \changes{v1.0s}{1995/10/20} % {Make setting conditional, for autoload version} % \begin{macro}{\@enddocumenthook} -% Stuff to appear at the begining or end of the document. +% Stuff to appear at the beginning or end of the document. % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined \let\@begindocumenthook\@empty @@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\@@unprocessedoptions} -% Declare an error for each option, unless a |\ProcessOptions| occured. +% Declare an error for each option, unless a |\ProcessOptions| occurred. % \changes{v0.2v}{1994/01/29} % {Macro added.} % \changes{v1.0t}{1995/11/14}{Allow empty option} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx index 5bec77aebdf..a106bbbb074 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltdefns.dtx} - [2004/09/18 v1.3g LaTeX Kernel (definition commands)] + [2014/09/29 v1.3g LaTeX Kernel (definition commands)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltdefns.dtx} @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ % |\def\foo{\@protected@testopt\foo\\foo{default}}|\\ % where |\\foo| is a csname generated from applying |\csname| and % |\string| to |\foo|, ie the actual name contains a backslash and -% therefore can't clash easily with exisiting command names. +% therefore can't clash easily with existing command names. % ``Default'' is the contents of the second optional argument of % |(re)newcommand|. % @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ % \LaTeX's commands. Whilst typesetting documents, \LaTeX{} makes use % of many of \TeX's features, such as arithmetic, defining macros, and % setting variables. However, there are (at least) three different -% ocassions when these commands are not safe. These are called +% occasions when these commands are not safe. These are called % `moving arguments' by \LaTeX, and consist of: % \begin{itemize} % \item writing information to a file, such as indexes or tables of diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx index eab328cdad1..9ed32cb1027 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ % \fi % % \ProvidesFile{ltdirchk.dtx} -% [2001/06/04 v1.0y LaTeX Kernel (System Dependent Parts)] +% [2014/09/29 v1.0y LaTeX Kernel (System Dependent Parts)] % % \iffalse %%% From File: ltdirchk.dtx @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ % % \subsection{FAKE EXAMPLE} % This example is for an operating system that has filenames of the -% form |<area>name| For maximum compatability with macro sets, +% form |<area>name| For maximum compatibility with macro sets, % you want |name.ext| to be mapped to |<ext>name|. % and |<area>name.ext| to be mapped to |<area.ext>name|. % |\input| does this mapping automatically, but |\openin| does not, and diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lterror.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lterror.dtx index 510b59e9e2f..249c4e5848a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lterror.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lterror.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{lterror.dtx} - [1998/05/28 v1.2n LaTeX Kernel (errors)] + [2014/09/29 v1.2n LaTeX Kernel (errors)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{lterror.dtx} @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% % Here are most of the error message-generating commands of \LaTeX. % \begin{macro}{\@autoerr} % Make this autoload command robust, as it may be read in at -% unpredicatble times. +% unpredictable times. % \begin{macrocode} %<autoload>\def\@autoerr{\protect\@autoload{err}\protect} % \end{macrocode} @@ -794,15 +794,15 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% % \changes{v1.0d}{1994/03/28} % {(DPC) Comment out (use catcode15 instead)} % An error for use with invalid characters. This is commented -% out, since we decided to use chatcode 15 instead. +% out, since we decided to use catcode 15 instead. % \begin{macrocode} %\def\@invalidchar{\@latex@error{Invalid character in input}\@ehc} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % As well as the above error commands some error messages are directly -% coded to save space. The Messages alrerady present in \LaTeX2.09 -% included: +% coded to save space. The Messages already present in \LaTeX2.09 +% inlcuded: % % |Environment --- undefined|\\ % Issued by |\begin| for undefined environment. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx index 31aa3fcfc2c..614f4cb73cf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltfinal.dtx} - [2003/10/13 v1.1e LaTeX Kernel (Final Settings)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1e LaTeX Kernel (Final Settings)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltfinal.dtx} @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ % % \changes{v1.1b}{1998/05/20}{Set up lccodes before loading % hyphenation files: pr/2639} -% We set things up so that hypehnation files can assume that the +% We set things up so that hyphenation files can assume that the % default (T1) lccodes are in use (at present this also sets up the % uccodes). % We temporarily define |\reserved@a| to apply |\reserved@c| to @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ % \changes{v1.0x}{1995/11/01} % {(DPC) Switch meaning of \cs{@addtofilelist} for cfg files}% % The following code will be compiled into the format file. It checks -% for the existance of \texttt{hyphen.cfg} in inputs that file if +% for the existence of \texttt{hyphen.cfg} in inputs that file if % found. Otherwise it inputs \texttt{hyphen.ltx}. Note that these % are loaded in \emph{before} the |\catcode|s are set, so local % hyphenation files can use 8-bit input. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx index 4ab1240289f..e9458651d03 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ % %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{ltfloat.dtx}[2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)] +\ProvidesFile{ltfloat.dtx}[2014/09/29 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltfloat.dtx} @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ % captype is defined there; this may need to be changed by some % classes. % \changes{v1.1u}{1999/04/19} -% {Made caption an error oustside a float: latex/2815} +% {Made caption an error outside a float: latex/2815} % \begin{macrocode} \def\caption{% \ifx\@captype\@undefined diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfntcmd.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfntcmd.dtx index 2746e52bb54..012f8dfbc20 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfntcmd.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfntcmd.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltfntcmd.dtx} - [2009/12/14 v3.4a LaTeX Kernel (Font commands)] + [2014/09/29 v3.4a LaTeX Kernel (Font commands)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltfntcmd.dtx} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ % \changes{v3.0a}{1993/12/11}{newcommands replaced by defs} % \changes{v3.0a}{1993/12/11}{italic correction now put in front of % penalty before glue} -% \changes{v3.0b}{1993/12/19}{\cs{@pdef} comand added} +% \changes{v3.0b}{1993/12/19}{\cs{@pdef} command added} % \changes{v3.0b}{1993/12/19}{Other tidying} % \changes{v3.0b}{1993/12/19}{Made \cs{@newfontswitch} produce an % error if command already exists, and added \cs{@renewfontswitch}, @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ % things in vertical mode is avoided. % % The italic correction token is added to the horizontal list -% before (in the list) an immediately prceding non-zero glob of +% before (in the list) an immediately preceding non-zero glob of % glue (skip) and any non-zero penalty preceding that since, in % the typical case, this puts it immediately % after the last character in the preceding word. @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\ifmaybe@ic} % \changes{v3.4a}{2009/12/14}{Macro added} -% Switch used soley within |\maybe@ic| not interferring with other +% Switch used soley within |\maybe@ic| not interfering with other % switches. % \begin{macrocode} \newif\ifmaybe@ic diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx index 8e1c1559dad..5766fb2a93f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ % % \ProvidesFile{ltfssbas.dtx} - [2002/10/02 v3.0x LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Basic Macros)] + [2014/09/29 v3.0x LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Basic Macros)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \begin{document} @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ % If the new encoding is the same as the old % encoding we have nothing to do. % However, in case we had a sequence of several encoding changes -% without a |\selectfont| inbetween we can save processing by +% without a |\selectfont| in-between we can save processing by % making sure that |\enc@update| is |\relax|. % \begin{macrocode} \let\enc@update\relax @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % Some handy abbreviation if you want to get some particular font % in the current size. If also the size should change one has to -% issue a |\fontsize| comand first. +% issue a |\fontsize| command first. % \begin{macrocode} \def\usefont#1#2#3#4{\fontencoding{#1}\fontfamily{#2}% \fontseries{#3}\fontshape{#4}\selectfont @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\linespread} % \changes{v2.1j}{1994/05/12}{New macro} % \changes{v2.1p}{1994/05/16}{Remove surplus braces} -% The comand |\linespread| changes the current |\baselinestretch| +% The command |\linespread| changes the current |\baselinestretch| % by calling |\set@fontsize|. The values for |\f@size| and % |\f@baselineskip| will be left unchanged. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ % which case nothing changes, or it will be an updated value due to % a user change of that macro using |\renewcommand|. If we would % pass the internal |\f@linespread| such a change would be -% efectively overwritten by a size change. +% effectively overwritten by a size change. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareRobustCommand\fontsize[2] {\set@fontsize\baselinestretch{#1}{#2}} @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ % speed up the loading of some packages which may load fonts % The code is actually pre-loaded into the kernel and removed % at |\begin{document}|. The |\ifx| test below ensures that -% if |\usepackage{autofss2}| apears in the preamble, then the code +% if |\usepackage{autofss2}| appears in the preamble, then the code % is not removed at this time. Can not use |\AtBeginDocument| here % as it is not defined yet! Listing all the commands like this % is not ideal as any changes to the |autofss2.sty| need to be diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx index 4d8c4a90795..223d90ce3dd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993-2011 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % % \ProvidesFile{ltfssdcl.dtx} - [2011/09/03 v3.0o LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Declarative Interface)] + [2014/09/29 v3.0o LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Declarative Interface)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \begin{document} @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ \global\csname c@\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname\count@ % \end{macrocode} % Now we loop over |\alpha@list| to add all math alphabets known so -% far. We have to distinugish the case that an alphabet by default +% far. We have to distinguish the case that an alphabet by default % should produce an error in new versions. % \begin{macrocode} \def\alpha@elt##1##2##3{% @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ \else \@latex@error{Math version `\expandafter\@gobblefour\string#1' is not - defined}{You probably mispelled the name of the math + defined}{You probably misspelled the name of the math version.^^JOr you have to specify an additional package.}% \fi } @@ -990,7 +990,7 @@ \else \@latex@error{Math version `\expandafter\@gobblefour\string#1' is not - defined}{You probably mispelled the name of the math + defined}{You probably misspelled the name of the math version.^^JOr you have to specify an additional package.}% \fi } @@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\set@mathdelimiter} % We have to end the definition of a math delimiter like |\lfloor| % with a space and not with |\relax| as we did before, because -% otherwise contructs involving |\abovewithdelims| will prematurely +% otherwise constructs involving |\abovewithdelims| will prematurely % end (pr/1329) % % \changes{v2.1q}{1995/04/02}{fix pr/1329} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx index 06023d48733..aa89af6432f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % % \ProvidesFile{ltfssini.dtx} - [2001/06/01 v3.0k LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Initialisation)] + [2014/09/29 v3.0k LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Initialisation)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \begin{document} @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ % \cs{mathversion.}} % \changes{v1.0a}{1989/04/10}{Starting with version numbers! % \cs{newif} for \cs{@tempswa} added since this switch is -% unkown at the time when this file is read in. +% unknown at the time when this file is read in. % (latex.tex is loaded later.) % \cs{math@famname} changed to \cs{math@version.}} % @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ % fonts so anybody who is using these fonts doesn't need them. % But for compatibility reasons we will define these symbols. % -% \changes{v2.1g}{1994/02/22}{Correct error mssage} +% \changes{v2.1g}{1994/02/22}{Correct error message} % \begin{macrocode} \def\not@base#1{\@latex@error {Command \noexpand#1not provided in base LaTeX2e}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx index 40814815fe8..4e57e28fc30 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ % %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/05/16] %<package>\ProvidesPackage{tracefnt} -%<package> [1997/05/29 v3.0j Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)] +%<package> [2014/09/29 v3.0j Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)] % \fi % \ProvidesFile{ltfsstrc.dtx} -% [1997/05/29 v3.0j LaTeX Kernel (NFSS tracing)] +% [2014/09/29 v3.0j LaTeX Kernel (NFSS tracing)] % % \iffalse %<+checkmem>\CHECKMEM @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ % Assume that the requested parameters are: {\em encoding scheme\/} % `OT1', {\em family\/} `cm', {\em series\/} `sansserif', % {\em shape\/} `normal', and {\em size\/} `$12$'. -% The correspondign font definitions have already been +% The corresponding font definitions have already been % extracted from the macro |\OT1/cm/sansserif/normal| and % stored in |font@info|. % (Otherwise |\extract@fontinfo| doesn't get called.) @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ % \changes{v2.3d}{1994/04/18}{Changed dimen to macro} % The macro |\font@submax| records the maximal deviation from the % desired size encountered so far. Its value is used in a warning -% message at |\end{coument}|. The macro +% message at |\end{document}|. The macro % |\fontsubfuzz| contains the amount that will not cause terminal % warnings (warnings still go into the transcript file). % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\s@fct@} % This is the default size function. Mandatory argument is an -% external font name, optinal argument a scale factor. +% external font name, optional argument a scale factor. % The font is scaled % to |\f@size| if no optional argument is present, and to % |\f@size| multiplied by the optional argument otherwise. @@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ % This size function generates the external name from the mandatory % argument and the requested user size, and thus can be used for % external names where the size is encoded in the font name. The -% optinal argument a scale factor. The font is scaled to |\f@size| +% optional argument a scale factor. The font is scaled to |\f@size| % if no optional argument is present, and to |\f@size| multiplied % by the optional argument otherwise. % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx index ecbfa956089..7cdfd5242fc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltlists.dtx} - [2002/10/28 v1.0s LaTeX Kernel (List Environments)] + [2014/09/29 v1.0s LaTeX Kernel (List Environments)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltlists.dtx} @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ % To suppress the paragraph indentation in text immediately following % a paragraph-making environment, \cs{everypar} is changed to remove the % space, and \cs{par} is redefined to restore \cs{everypar}. Instead of -% redefining \cs{par} and \cs{everpar}, \cs{@endparenv} was changed to +% redefining \cs{par} and \cs{everypar}, \cs{@endparenv} was changed to % set the @endpe switch, letting \cs{end} redefine \cs{par} and % \cs{everypar}. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx index 43cff8d5260..aa11eb9b364 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993-2010 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltmiscen.dtx} - [2010/08/17 v1.1l LaTeX Kernel (Misc. Environments)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1l LaTeX Kernel (Misc. Environments)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltmiscen.dtx} @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@currenvline} % We do need a default value for |\@currenvline| on top-level since % the document environment cancels the brace group. This means that -% a missmatch with |\begin|\allowbreak|{document}| will not produce +% a mismatch with |\begin|\allowbreak|{document}| will not produce % a line number. Thus the outer default must be |\@empty| or we % will end up with two spaces. % \changes{v1.0q}{1994/05/24}{Use \cs{@empty} as outer default} @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ % % % The verbatim environment uses the fixed-width |\ttfamily| font, turns -% blanks into spaces, starts a new line for each carrige return (or +% blanks into spaces, starts a new line for each carriage return (or % sequence of consecutive carriage returns), and interprets % \emph{every} character literally. % I.e., all special characters |\, {, $|, etc. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx index cba9c6ca32c..2a112fffd78 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltoutenc.dtx} - [2009/11/04 v1.99l LaTeX Kernel (font encodings)] + [2014/09/29 v1.99l LaTeX Kernel (font encodings)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltoutenc.dtx} @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ % \changes{v1.3d}{1993/12/18}{Some T1 stuff had drifted into the OT1 % file.} % \changes{v1.3c}{1993/12/18}{A new syntax, separating -% accent-definitions from encoing-specific definitions, and +% accent-definitions from encoding-specific definitions, and % allowing encoding-specific \cs{chardef}, \cs{let}, etc.} % \changes{v1.3c}{1993/12/18}{Rewrote for the new syntax of % \cs{EncodingSpecific}.} @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ % \meta{text}|}| % \end{quote} % For example, in the OT1 encoding \r A has a hand-crafted -% defintion this is declared as follows +% definition this is declared as follows %\begin{verbatim} % \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{OT1}{A} % {\leavevmode\setbox\z@\hbox{!}\dimen@\ht\z@\advance\dimen@-1ex% @@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@ % referring to the tabular rather than the tabbing % environment.} % \changes{v1.7n}{1995/11/02}{Changed internal name \cs{a} to -% \cs{@tabacckludge} to protect against redefinition by malicicous +% \cs{@tabacckludge} to protect against redefinition by malicious % users.} % % \begin{macro}{\a} @@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % Here we define a macro that extends the |\@uclclist| if needed and -% aferwards turns itself in a noop. +% afterwards turns itself in a noop. % \begin{macrocode} \def\update@uclc@with@cyrillic{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@uclclist\expandafter @@ -2819,7 +2819,7 @@ % \item[force] % ignore all subset encoding definitions stored in the package % itself or in the configuration file and always use the default -% subset as specifed by one of the other options (seldom useful, +% subset as specified by one of the other options (seldom useful, % only dangerous). % \end{description} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx index f57aa19be91..5e2e7d6efb7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltoutput.dtx} - [2014/04/24 v1.2n LaTeX Kernel (Output Routine)] + [2014/09/29 v1.2n LaTeX Kernel (Output Routine)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltoutput.dtx} @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ % 1 1 iff the float may go on the top of a page. % 2 1 iff the float may go on the bottom of a page. % 3 1 iff the float may go on a float page. -% 4 1 unless the PLACEMENT incluses a ! +% 4 1 unless the PLACEMENT includes a ! % 5 1 iff a type 1 float % 6 1 iff a type 2 float % etc. @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ \newif \if@twocolumn \@twocolumnfalse % \end{macrocode} % Not sure about these: two questions. -% Should things which must apply to a whole doument be local or +% Should things which must apply to a whole document be local or % global (they probably should be `preamble only' commands)? % Are these three such things? % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ % appropriate times. % % If |\@textbottom| ends with a box or rule of non-zero depth -% then this skip adjustemnt should be done again after it. +% then this skip adjustment should be done again after it. % % I think that the final boxing of the main text page could have a % common ending which may make it simpler to see what is going on. @@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@ % case'. % \task{CAR}{Further investigation of makecol} % -% Also, the |\boxmaxdepth| setting here affects what happens wthin +% Also, the |\boxmaxdepth| setting here affects what happens within % |\@texttop| and |\@textbottom|, should it? Is it needed at all? % \changes{v1.0l}{1994/03/15}{Removed boxmaxdepth setting.} % @@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ % This is the code which reinserts the inserts. It puts them all % in one place; this can make some of them come out on the wrong % page. -% It has been put into a separate macro to expidite experimentation. +% It has been put into a separate macro to expedite experimentation. % \begin{macrocode} %<*2ekernel|def1|autoload> \gdef \@reinserts{% @@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % This first bit has been moved inside the shipped out box. % -% Now the setup inside the shipped out box; this should conatin all +% Now the setup inside the shipped out box; this should contain all % the stuff that could only affect typesetting; other stuff may need % to be reset for the writes also. % @@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ % The |\boxmaxdepth| setting here was not made local to % a box so was dangerous. It is needed only within the box made % by |\@cflt| (and not normally even there), so it has been -% moved there; this also agrees with the original pseudcode. +% moved there; this also agrees with the original pseudocode. % % \changes{v1.0h}{1993/12/12}{boxmaxdepth setting moved} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2603,11 +2603,11 @@ % get the spacing correct by ad hoc commands. % % It is necessary to adjust for the addition of |\parskip| here in -% case the float is added betweeen paragraphs (\ie when in vertical +% case the float is added between paragraphs (\ie when in vertical % mode). % % If the nobreak switch is true we need to reset it and clear -% |\everypar| sionce the float may not reset the flag and cannot reset +% |\everypar| since the float may not reset the flag and cannot reset % the |\everypar| globally. % \changes{v1.0l}{1994/03/15}{Changed \cs{addvspace} to \cs{vskip}} % \changes{v1.1i}{1994/11/21} @@ -3095,7 +3095,7 @@ % This part implements controllable floats and other changes % to the float mechanism. % -% It provides, at the doument level, the following command for +% It provides, at the document level, the following command for % inclusion in \LaTeX2e{}. % % \begin{verbatim} @@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@ % commands described above. % % -% In its current form, it also suplies a reasonably exhaustive, and +% In its current form, it also supplies a reasonably exhaustive, and % somewhat baroque, means of tracing some aspects of the float % mechanism. % @@ -3455,7 +3455,7 @@ % It uses a local assignment to the normally global counter: a bit % naughty, perhaps? % -% These assgnments are safe so long as the counter involved is only +% These assignments are safe so long as the counter involved is only % consulted once (\ie only for the `bang float') with the changed value. % This is the case within |\@addtocurcol| because it is used only % once within a call of the output routine (which forms a group). @@ -3516,7 +3516,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@flcheckspace} % \changes{v1.0f}{1993/12/05}{Command added} % This ignores space restriction in case BANG; this is still slightly -% conervative since it does not allow for the fact that, if there is +% conservative since it does not allow for the fact that, if there is % no text in the column then |\textfloatsep| is not needed. % Sets |@tempswa| true if there is room for |\@currbox|. % @@ -3620,7 +3620,7 @@ % \item Two consecutive h floats are separated by twice |\intextsep|: % this could be changed to one by use of |\addvspace|, OK? % Note that it would also mean that less space is put in if an h -% float immediaiely follows other spaces. This is also possibly +% float immediately follows other spaces. This is also possibly % too big a change, at least for compatibility mode? % Or it may be simply wrong! It has not been changed. % \item Now |\@addtocurcol| checks first for just p fps. I think @@ -3657,13 +3657,13 @@ % One is to change % |\maketitle| slightly to allow this. Another is to change % |\@topnewpage| so that more than one |\twocolumn[]| command is -% allowed; in this case |\maketitle\twoclumn[more text]| will work. +% allowed; in this case |\maketitle\twocolumn[more text]| will work. % The former is more robust from the user's viewpoint, but makes the % code for |\maketitle| rather ad hoc (maybe it is already?). % Another is to misuse the global twocolumn flag locally within % |\@topnewpage|. % Yet another is to move the column count register from the multicol -% package into the kernel. This has beeen done. +% package into the kernel. This has been done. % \item Where should the reinserts be put to maximise the % probability that footmotes come out on the correct page? % Or should we go for as much compatibility as possible (but see @@ -3684,7 +3684,7 @@ % % It would perhaps be better to document that |\@textbottom| % and |\@texttop| must have natural height 0pt. -% \item I cannot see why the vskip adjustement for the depth +% \item I cannot see why the vskip adjustment for the depth % is needed if boxmaxdepth is used to ensure that there is never % a too deep box. % \item The value of |\boxmaxdepth| should be explicitly set @@ -3797,7 +3797,7 @@ % The main purpose of this section is to ensure that all the % float-placement parameters which need to be set in a class file or % package have been declared. It also describes their use and sets -% values for them which are reasonable for typical douments using +% values for them which are reasonable for typical documents using % US letter or A4 sized paper. % % \paragraph{Limits for the placement of floating objects} @@ -3896,7 +3896,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\textfloatsep} % \begin{macro}{\intextsep} % When a floating object is placed on a page with text, these -% parameters control the seperation between the float and the other +% parameters control the separation between the float and the other % objects on the page. These parameters are used for both % one-column mode and single-column floats in two-column mode. % They are all rubber lengths. @@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@fptop} % \begin{macro}{\@fpsep} % \begin{macro}{\@fpbot} -% When floating objects are placed on a seperate page or column, +% When floating objects are placed on a separate page or column, % called a `float page', the layout of the page is controlled by % these parameters, which are rubber lengths. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx index 8d26123d59e..47e3eba9bec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltpictur.dtx} - [2003/12/30 v1.1j LaTeX Kernel (Picture Mode)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1j LaTeX Kernel (Picture Mode)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltpictur.dtx} @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ % \endpicture == % BEGIN % } \hss } -% heigth of \@picbox := \@picht +% height of \@picbox := \@picht % depth of \@picbox := 0 % \mbox{\box\@picbox} %% change 26 Aug 91 % END diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx index bf34a59966e..b12f44a725c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltplain.dtx} - [2005/09/27 v1.1y LaTeX Kernel (Plain TeX)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1y LaTeX Kernel (Plain TeX)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltplain.dtx} @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\m@th} -% \changes{v1.0h}{1994/05/16}{Remove unnecssary space} +% \changes{v1.0h}{1994/05/16}{Remove unnecessary space} % \begin{macrocode} \def\m@th{\mathsurround\z@} % \end{macrocode} @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ % |\hrulefill| and |\dotfill| % to make them work in `tabular' and `array' environments. % (Change made 24 July 1987). -% \LaTeX\ change: |\leavevmode| added at begining of +% \LaTeX\ change: |\leavevmode| added at beginning of % |\dotfill| and |\hrulefill| % so that they work as expected in vertical mode. % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx index bd84b1efd15..4b7bca05c6e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %%% From File: ltsect.dtx %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{ltsect.dtx}[1996/12/20 v1.0z LaTeX Kernel (Sectioning)] +\ProvidesFile{ltsect.dtx}[2014/09/29 v1.0z LaTeX Kernel (Sectioning)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltsect.dtx} @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ % entry |\contentsline{|\meta{type}|}{|\meta{entry}|}{|\meta{page}|}| % to the |.|\meta{table} file. % -% This macro is implemented as an aplication of |\addtocontents|. +% This macro is implemented as an application of |\addtocontents|. % Note that |\thepage| is not expandable during |\protected@write| % therefore one gets the page number at the time of the |\shipout|. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx index 4ad37e1c377..55fdf5a91a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltspace.dtx} - [2004/02/15 v1.3a LaTeX Kernel (spacing)] + [2014/09/29 v1.3a LaTeX Kernel (spacing)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltspace.dtx} @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ % mode. % % Before giving the current definition we give an extended definition -% that is currently not used (because it doesnt work as advertised:-) +% that is currently not used (because it doesn't work as advertised:-) % % These are generalised hacks which attempt to do sensible things % when `invisible commands' appear in vmode too. @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ % hyphens or dashes (such as |-|, |--|, or |---|). % % It could probably be better implemented: it may need its own -% private token register and temporary commmand. +% private token register and temporary command. % % Setting the hyphen in a box and then unboxing it means that the % normal penalty will not be added after it---and if the penalty is diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx index 9bbbb68a095..596937d623b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<def> [1998/11/13 v1.1m tabbing autoload file] %<*driver> % \fi -\ProvidesFile{lttab.dtx}[1998/11/13 v1.1m LaTeX Kernel (Columns)] +\ProvidesFile{lttab.dtx}[2014/09/29 v1.1m LaTeX Kernel (Columns)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{lttab.dtx} @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ % % \begin{oldcomments} % -% ARRAY PARMETERS: +% ARRAY PARAMETERS: % \arraycolsep % : half the width separating columns in an array environment % \tabcolsep @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ % : line spacing in array and tabular environments is done by % placing a strut in every row of height and depth % \arraystretch times the height and depth of the strut -% produced by an ordinary \strut commmand. +% produced by an ordinary \strut command. % % PREAMBLE: % The PREAMBLE argument of an array or tabular environment can diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltthm.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltthm.dtx index f88634c03ee..c25f36787ae 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltthm.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltthm.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltthm.dtx} - [1995/10/10 v1.0f LaTeX Kernel (Theorems)] + [2014/09/29 v1.0f LaTeX Kernel (Theorems)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltthm.dtx} @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ % % \newtheorem{NAME}[OLDNAME]{TEXT}== % BEGIN -% if counter OLDNAME nonexistant +% if counter OLDNAME nonexistent % then ERROR % else % if \NAME is definable diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx index 15349cf620b..ffe42ed4feb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ % %<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} %<class>\ProvidesClass{ltxdoc} -%<class> [2007/11/11 v2.0u Standard LaTeX documentation class] +%<class> [2014/09/29 v2.0u Standard LaTeX documentation class] % %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ % % The simplest form of customisation is to pass more options to the % |article| class which is loaded by |ltxdoc|. For instance if you wish -% all the documentation to be formated for A4 paper, add the following +% all the documentation to be formatted for A4 paper, add the following % line to |ltxdoc.cfg|: %\begin{verbatim} % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article} @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ % \AtBeginDocument{\RecordChanges} % \AtEndDocument{\PrintChanges} %\end{verbatim} -% to |ltxdoc.cfg|, and use MakeIndex with a comand such as +% to |ltxdoc.cfg|, and use MakeIndex with a command such as %\begin{verbatim} % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o ltclass.gls ltclass.glo %\end{verbatim} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx index c466365b2c0..541172b2f82 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<*driver> % \fi \ProvidesFile{ltxref.dtx} - [2001/02/16 v1.1k LaTeX Kernel (Cross Referencing)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1k LaTeX Kernel (Cross Referencing)] % \iffalse \documentclass{ltxdoc} \GetFileInfo{ltxref.dtx} @@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ % \begin{macro}{\@refundefined} % \changes{v1.1h}{1995/10/24}{Switch for refundefined replaced} % This does not save on name-space (since \cs{G@refundefinedfalse} -% was never needed) but it does make the implmentation of such +% was never needed) but it does make the implementation of such % one-way switches more consistent. The extra macro to make the % change is used since this change appears several times. % % \textbf{Note} despite its name, |\G@refundefinedtrue| does -% \emph{not} correspnd to an |\if| command, and there is no +% \emph{not} correspond to an |\if| command, and there is no % matching \ldots|false|. It would be more natural to call the % command |\G@refundefined| (as inspection of the change log will % reveal) but unfortunately such a change would break any package @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ % |\the...| and surrounding glyphs. % % We have refrained from making this change in the kernel code -% although for exisiting documents it would be 100\% backward +% although for existing documents it would be 100\% backward % compatible. The reason being that any class or package making use of % this functionality would then horribly fail with older \LaTeX{} % installations. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/makeindx.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/makeindx.dtx index c81944431a8..7bf84a7f537 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/makeindx.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/makeindx.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ % Chris Rowley\and % Rainer Sch\"opf} % -% \date{1994/11/11} +% \date{2014/09/29} % \maketitle % % \section{Description} @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} %<makeidx>\ProvidesPackage{makeidx} %<showidx>\ProvidesPackage{showidx} - [2000/03/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package] + [2014/09/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package] % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Makeidx} @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\@leftidx} % \begin{macro}{\@rightidx} -% These macros give the amount of displacemant for the |\indexbox|. +% These macros give the amount of displacement for the |\indexbox|. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@leftidx{\hskip-\marginparsep \hskip-\marginparwidth} \def\@rightidx{\hskip\columnwidth \hskip\marginparsep} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/nfssfont.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/nfssfont.dtx index 57d92f26131..54a305e0f17 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/nfssfont.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/nfssfont.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. % % \fi -\def\nfssfontfileversion{v2.2b} -\def\nfssfontfiledate{2006/01/08} +\def\nfssfontfileversion{v2.2c} +\def\nfssfontfiledate{2014/09/29} % \CheckSum{1226} %% \CharacterTable @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ % |\table| are then most likely going to fail, unless that assumption was % correct. % \begin{macrocode} - \def\encoding{unkown}% + \def\encoding{unknown}% \fontencoding{T1}\selectfont % \end{macrocode} % If the user answers with ``return'' we ask for the \NFSS{} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/oldlfont.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/oldlfont.dtx index 1c677fe21bb..3511c92d830 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/oldlfont.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/oldlfont.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ %<*!latex209> % \fi % \ProvidesFile{oldlfont.dtx} - [1994/11/29 v2.2k Standard LaTeX package] + [2014/09/29 v2.2k Standard LaTeX package] % % \iffalse %</!latex209> @@ -251,11 +251,11 @@ % \end{macro} % % -% We left out the special \LaTeX{} fonts which are not automaticly +% We left out the special \LaTeX{} fonts which are not automatically % included in the base version of the font selection since these % fonts contain only a few characters which are also included in % the AMS fonts so anybody who is using these fonts doesn't need -% them. But for compatiblity reasons we will define these symbols. +% them. But for compatibility reasons we will define these symbols. % % \begin{macrocode} \RequirePackage{latexsym} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/preload.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/preload.dtx index 80478498624..29d3e11d33b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/preload.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/preload.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ %<+tex> \ProvidesFile{preload.ltx} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{preload.dtx} - [1998/08/17 v2.1g LaTeX Kernel (Font Preloading)] + [2014/09/29 v2.1g LaTeX Kernel (Font Preloading)] % % \CheckSum{41} % @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ % % Or you can define completely other preloads. In that case start % from \texttt{preload.min} since that contains the fonts that have -% to be preloaded by *all* \LaTeXe{} sytems. +% to be preloaded by *all* \LaTeXe{} systems. % % Avoid using \texttt{preload.ori}, it will load so many fonts that % on most installations it is nearly impossible to load other font diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/proc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/proc.dtx index 2bab3793e09..3b5418dc1e2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/proc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/proc.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ % \subsection{Identification} % % This document class can only be used with \LaTeXe, so it is made -% sure that an appropiate message is displayed when another \TeX{} +% sure that an appropriate message is displayed when another \TeX{} % format is used. % \changes{v1.3l}{1995/11/30}{Added date of \LaTeX\ format to argument % of \cs{NeedsTeXFormat}} @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ %</driver> %<+class>\ProvidesClass{proc} %<+style>\ProvidesFile{proc.sty} - [1995/11/30 v1.3l + [2014/09/29 v1.3l %<+class> Standard LaTeX document class] %<+style> LaTeX 2.09 compatibility style option `proc'] % \end{macrocode} @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ % number is printed in the lower right side of the page. % % This works as long as he doesn't use either |\pagestyle| or -% |\thispagestyle| comands. +% |\thispagestyle| commands. % \changes{v1.3f}{1994/05/26}{changed \cs{rm} to % \cs{normalfont}\cs{rmfamily}} % \changes{v1.3j}{1995/05/26}{Removed \cs{rmfamily} (PR 1578)} @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\maketitle} % \changes{v1.3k}{1995/07/18}{Modify footnote handling (PR 1735)} -% The defintion of |\maketitle| here is basically the same as the +% The definition of |\maketitle| here is basically the same as the % one in the document class \texttt{article}, but the pagestyle is % \emph{not} set to \texttt{plain}. % @@ -395,8 +395,8 @@ % This macro takes care of formatting the title information. % % The information is set inside |\vbox| with a width of -% |\textwidth| and a hight of 2.25in. The text is vertically and -% hirizontally centered. +% |\textwidth| and a height of 2.25in. The text is vertically and +% horizontally centered. % \begin{macrocode} \def\@maketitle{% \vbox to 2.25in{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx index 5cd82f4c153..683821c5a98 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ %<*driver> \ProvidesFile{slides.drv} %</driver> - [1997/08/15 v2.3z + [2014/09/29 v2.3z %<+class> Standard LaTeX document class] %<+cmd> SLiTeX definitions] % \end{macrocode} @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ % % \subsection{Flush left displays} % -% The option \Lopt{fleqn} redefines the displayed math environmens +% The option \Lopt{fleqn} redefines the displayed math environments % in such a way that they come out flush left, with an indentation % of |\mathindent| from the prevailing left margin. % \changes{v2.2g}{1994/03/01}{Added fleqn option.} @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ % The commands |\nopagebreak| and |\nolinebreak| put in penalties % to discourage these breaks at the point they are put in. % They use |\@lowpenalty|, |\@medpenalty| or |\@highpenalty|, -% dependant on their argument. +% dependent on their argument. % \begin{macrocode} \@lowpenalty 51 \@medpenalty 151 @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ % Here we supply the declarative font changing commands that were % common in \LaTeX\ version 2.09 and earlier. These commands work % in text mode \emph{and} in math mode. They are provided for -% compatiblity, but one should start using the |\text...| and +% compatibility, but one should start using the |\text...| and % |\math...| commands instead. These commands are redefined using % |\DeclareOldFontCommand|, a command with three arguments: the % user command to be defined, \LaTeX\ commands to execute in text @@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ COLOR LAYER\\[.75in]% % \end{macrocode} % This will set up the last color specified in the argument to % \verb+\slide+ as the current color. If only back and white slides -% are prepared \verb+\last@color+ will be empty and effectly +% are prepared \verb+\last@color+ will be empty and effectively % \verb+\relax+ will be generated (hopefully). % % We need to reset to a default font at the beginning of a slide. @@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@ COLOR LAYER\\[.75in]% % \end{macrocode} % This will set up the last color specified in the argument to % \verb+\slide+ as the current color. If only back and white slides -% are prepared \verb+\last@color+ will be empty and effectly +% are prepared \verb+\last@color+ will be empty and effectively % \verb+\relax+ will be generated (hopefully). % % We need to reset to a default font at the beginning of a slide. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/source2e.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/source2e.tex index be65d79850f..c54bf328325 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/source2e.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/source2e.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ page_precedence "rnaA" % be quite large (about 555 pages). % - \DocInclude{ltdirchk} % System dependant initialisation + \DocInclude{ltdirchk} % System dependent initialisation \DocInclude{ltplain} % LaTeX version of Knuth's plain.tex @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o source2e.gls source2e.glo # (this run needed only to get changes and index listed in .toc file) # # Note that the index will not be made incorrect by the insertion -# of the table of contents as the front matter uses a diferent page +# of the table of contents as the front matter uses a different page # numbering scheme. # echo "\includeonly{}" >> ltxdoc.cfg diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/usrguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/usrguide.tex index 617d27bf01d..5f7a9404d53 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/usrguide.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/usrguide.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ \title{\LaTeXe~for authors} -\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2005, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\ +\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2014, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\ All rights reserved.} -\date{27 November 2005} +\date{29 September 2014} \begin{document} @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ causes when such misleadingly encoded documents are distributed, the features and commands. Any attempt to use them will give you an error message and, moreover, many of them simply will not work, whilst others will produce unpredictable results. -So don't bother sending us any bug reports about such occurences since +So don't bother sending us any bug reports about such occurrences since they are intentional. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/utf8ienc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/utf8ienc.dtx index abd5d627ff7..5ba2a3c1c01 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/utf8ienc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/utf8ienc.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 +% Copyright 19932014 % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ %<+ts1> \ProvidesFile{ts1enc.dfu} %<+x2> \ProvidesFile{x2enc.dfu} %<+all> \ProvidesFile{utf8enc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] % \end{macrocode} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ % \changes{v1.1m}{2008/04/05}{Ensure we don't lose spaces in the log} % The previous line is written to the log with the newline char being % ignored (thus not producing a space). Therefore either everything has to -% be on a single input line or some specical care must be taken. From this +% be on a single input line or some special care must be taken. From this % point on we ignore spaces again, i.e., while we are reading the % \texttt{.dfu} file. The |\endgroup| below will restore it again. % \changes{v1.1d}{2004/05/08}{Explicitly set catcode of space} @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % However, we don't know if there are font encodings still to be % loaded (either with \texttt{fontenc} or directly with |\input| by -% some some package). Font enconding files are loaded only if the +% some some package). Font encoding files are loaded only if the % corresponding encoding has not been loaded yet, and they always % begin with |\DeclareFontEncoding|. We now redefine the internal % kernel version of the latter to load the Unicode file if available. @@ -676,7 +676,7 @@ % % \subsection{About the table itself} % -% In addition to generating indivdual files, the table below is, at present, +% In addition to generating individual files, the table below is, at present, % a one-one (we think) partial relationship between the (ill-defined) set % of LICRs and the Unicode slots "0080 to "FFFF. At present these entries % are used only to define a collection of partial mappings from Unicode @@ -684,14 +684,14 @@ % value (`not defined') to the set of LICRs. % % It is probably not essential for the relationship in the full table to be -% one-one; this raises questions suach as: the exact role of LICRs; +% one-one; this raises questions such as: the exact role of LICRs; % the formal relationships on the set of LICRs; the (non-mathematical) % relationship between % LICRs and Unicode (which has its own somewhat fuzzy equivalences); % and ultimately what a character is and what a character representation % and/or name is. % -% Viewed this a way, the result has, perhaps puzzingly, just two (we think) +% Viewed this a way, the result has, perhaps puzzling, just two (we think) % gaps in the second 128 `Unicode slots' (00A0 and 00AD): neither of these % is really a character, of course. % @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ % % However, their looks are probably a font designers decision and the next % two mappings are wrong or rather the names in OT2 should change for -% consistancy. +% consistency. % % On the other hand the names |\CYROTLD| are somewhat questionabled as the % Unicode standard only describes ``Cyrillic barred O'' while |TLD| refers @@ -1227,8 +1227,8 @@ % The following definitions are in an encoding file but have no % direct equivalent in Unicode, or they simply do not make sense in that % context (or we have not yet found anything or \ldots :-). For -% example, the non-combining accent charcaters are certainly -% available somehwere but these are not equivalent to a \TeX{} +% example, the non-combining accent characters are certainly +% available somewhere but these are not equivalent to a \TeX{} % accent command. %\begin{verbatim} %\DeclareTextSymbol{\j}{OT1}{17} @@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ % \section{A test document} % % Here is a very small test document which may or may not survive -% if the current document is transfered from one place to the +% if the current document is transferred from one place to the % other. % \begin{macrocode} %<*test> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/latex-tds/README.asciidoc b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/latex-tds/README.asciidoc index d089c3feec5..3e5ba1db78b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/latex-tds/README.asciidoc +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/latex-tds/README.asciidoc @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ README for project latex-tds ============================ :author: Heiko Oberdiek -:revdate: 2014/09/17 +:revdate: 2014/11/03 :lang: en :toc: :numbered: @@ -701,3 +701,6 @@ History 2014/09/17:: * Module tools: Update of packages +varioref+ and +multicol+. * Module base: Update of +fixltx2e+. +2014/11/03:: + * Module base: Update (2014-10-12). + * Module tools: Update (2014-10-28). diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/afterpage.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/afterpage.dtx index 1e99345a86d..932ce59b072 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/afterpage.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/afterpage.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ % %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} %<package>\ProvidesPackage{afterpage} -%<package> [1995/10/27 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)] +%<package> [2014/10/28 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)] % %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ % \CheckSum{269} % % This package implements a command, |\afterpage|, that causes the -% commands specified in its argument to be expanded after the curent +% commands specified in its argument to be expanded after the current % page is output.\footnote{This is really a pre-release, to see whether % people like the idea of a command like this. This implementation is % \emph{not} particularly robust. This implementation does not work in @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ % use one of:\\ % |\afterpage{\clearpage\input{ltfile}}|\\ % |\afterpage{\clearpage\input{ltfile}\clearpage}|.\\ -% The first form lets text apear on the same page as the end of the +% The first form lets text appear on the same page as the end of the % longtable, the second ensures that the surrounding text starts again % on a new page. % \end{enumerate} @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ \par \else % \end{macrocode} -% The remaining (even worse) possibility that the ouput routine +% The remaining (even worse) possibility that the output routine % was triggered by the start of displaymath within a paragraph. % % Come out of displaymath with |$$|, then adjust the spacing (getting @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\addboxcontents#1{{% % \end{macrocode} -% Perhaps I shouldnt use grouping here, as I probably don't really want +% Perhaps I shouldn't use grouping here, as I probably don't really want % to save |#1|. If it is removed, |\splittopskip| and |\splitmaxdepth| % would need to be restored by hand. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx index 30410861187..5b48c6d1538 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1998 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. %<+package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] %<+package>\ProvidesPackage{array} -%<+package> [2008/09/09 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)] +%<+package> [2014/10/28 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)] % % \fi % @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ % \changes{v1.9f}{1988/05/20}{Small changes finally carried out: % 1) `par!=`@empty. % 2) \{..ifnum0!=!`\}... $\to$ `bgroup and -% analoguously `egroup.} +% analogously `egroup.} % \changes{v1.9g}{1988/02/24}{Inserted again \{..ifnum0!=!`\}.., % c.f. Appendix D of the \protect\TeX{}book.} % \changes{v1.9h}{1988/06/28}{No longer necessary to read in the file @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ % \end{enumerate} % \texttt{array.sty} implements the second possibility while the % default implementation in the \LaTeX{} kernel implements the first -% concept. Both concepts have their merrits but one has to be aware of +% concept. Both concepts have their merits but one has to be aware of % the individual implications. % \begin{itemize} % \item @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ % \texttt{latex.tex}, % which is the reason why the following three lines of code are % commented out. -% Later throughout the text I will not mention it again explicitely +% Later throughout the text I will not mention it again explicitly % whenever I use a =%= sign. These parts are already defined in % \texttt{latex.tex}. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ % \texttt{r}, \texttt{p}, \texttt{m} or \texttt{b} in the user % preamble? In this case we have the problem of the \textsf{token} % register from =>{..}= and =<{..}= having to be inserted at this -% moment because formating instructions like =\hfil= have to be set +% moment because formatting instructions like =\hfil= have to be set % around them. On the other hand it is not known yet, if any =<{..}= % instruction will appear in the user preamble at all. % @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ \prepnext@tok % \end{macrocode} % Now the preamble must be extended with the column whose format -% can be determinated by =\@chnum=. +% can be determined by =\@chnum=. % \begin{macrocode} \@addtopreamble{\ifcase \@chnum % \end{macrocode} @@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % The argument is the width of the box. This information has to be % assigned to =\hsize=. -% Then we assain default values to several parameters used in a +% Then we assign default values to several parameters used in a % \textsf{parbox}. % \changes{v2.3k}{1998/05/12}{Use \cs{setlength} to set \cs{hsize}, % so that the calc package can be applied here (pr/2793)} @@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ % not surface because there =\protect= is set (which is not necessary in this % implementation as there is no arbitrary user input that can get expanded) and % the experimental code made the redefinition robust. Whether this is the right -% approach is open to question; consider the =\noexpand= a curtesy to allow an +% approach is open to question; consider the =\noexpand= a courtesy to allow an % unsupported redefinition of a \TeX{} primitive for the moment (as people rely % on that experimental code). % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \def\tabular{\gdef\@halignto{}\@tabular} % \end{macrocode} -% and analoguesly for the star form. We evalute the argument first +% and analogously for the star form. We evaluate the argument first % using =\setlength= so that users of the \texttt{calc} package can % write code like\\ =\begin{tabular*}{(\columnwidth-1cm)/2}...= % \changes{v2.3l}{1998/05/13}{Use \cs{setlength} evaluate arg @@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@ {\PackageWarning{array}{Column \NC@char\space is already defined}}% % \end{macrocode} % Now we define a macro with an argument delimited by the new column -% specifier, this is used to find occurences of this specifier in the +% specifier, this is used to find occurrences of this specifier in the % user preamble. % \begin{macrocode} \@namedef{NC@find@\NC@char}##1#1{\NC@{##1}}% @@ -2378,7 +2378,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\NC@} -% Having found an occurence of the new column, save the preamble +% Having found an occurrence of the new column, save the preamble % before the column in "\@temptokena", then check to see if we % are at the end of the preamble. (A dummy occurrence of the column % specifier will be placed at the end of the preamble by "\NC@do". @@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ % definition of "\NC@rewrite@C". Actually as the the list always % starts off with "\NC@do *" and we do not want to print the % definition of the $*$-form, define "\NC@do" to throw away the first -% item in the list, and then redefine itsef to print the rest of the +% item in the list, and then redefine itself to print the rest of the % definitions. % \begin{macrocode} \def\showcols{{\def\NC@do##1{\let\NC@do\NC@show}\the\NC@list}} @@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ % \texttt{\textbackslash lasthline}} % % The Companion~\cite[p.137]{bk:GMS94} suggests two additional -% commands to control the allignments in case of tabulars with +% commands to control the alignments in case of tabulars with % horizontal lines. They are now added to this package. % % \begin{macro}{\extratabsurround} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/bm.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/bm.dtx index dffbabd4f17..2f2a7be12ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/bm.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/bm.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{bm.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{bm.dtx} - [2004/02/26 v1.1c Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)] + [2014/10/28 v1.1c Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ % bold weights, then you would declare this to \LaTeX\ via:\\ % |\DeclareSymbolFont{extras} {OMS}{xyz}{m}{n}|\\ % |\SetSymbolFont{extras}{bold}{OMS}{xyz}{bx}{n}|\\ -% At this point the symbols wil be available in the normal math +% At this point the symbols will be available in the normal math % version, and their bold variants in |\boldmath|. If you also % declare:\\ % |\DeclareSymbolFont{boldextras}{OMS}{xyz}{bx}{n}|\\ @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ % for instance, for a relation, |\bm{\mathrel{\cmd}}|. % % \subsection{AMS package \textsf{amsbsy}} -% The |\bm| command shares some functionailty with the |\boldsymbol| +% The |\bm| command shares some functionality with the |\boldsymbol| % command from the AMS \LaTeX\ collection. To aid in moving documents % between these two packages, this package defines |\boldsymbol| and % |\heavysymbol| as alternative names for |\bm| and |\hm|. @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ % To save declaring too many symbol fonts, do not auto-declare % any more than |\bmmax| bold symbol fonts into the normal math % version. Any bold fonts not so allocated will be accessed via -% |\boldmath| which is slower and doesnt work for delimiters +% |\boldmath| which is slower and doesn't work for delimiters % and accents. It may be set in the preamble with |\newcommand| % but use |\chardef| here for a slight efficiency gain. % @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ % \changes{v0.07}{1996/12/14} % {Combine all register macros} % |\mkern| itself would transfer to |\bm@command| without any special -% test, but any explict dimension following would be converted to +% test, but any explicit dimension following would be converted to % |\mathchar|. So trap this and grab the muskip as a muskip. % This is used in |\iiint|. |\penalty| was needed for the % AMS version of |\colon|, and so do most of the others as well. @@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ % % It would be possible to locally make mathaccents take an argument % during the bm look-ahead, so the brace groups would then vanish -% during expansion, however I would then need to explitly skip past +% during expansion, however I would then need to explicitly skip past % \meta{filler} and also make sure that the end of parse token % was not gobbled in marginal cases like |$\bm\hat$|. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/calc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/calc.dtx index 1534e542cb7..0c57e6e00fd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/calc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/calc.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{calc.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{calc.dtx} - [2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)] + [2014/10/28 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ % These do not need any particular definition when they are scanned % so, for efficiency and robustness, we make them all equivalent to % the same harmless (I hope) unexpandable command.\footnote{If this -% level of safety is not needed then the code can be speeded up: +% level of safety is not needed then the code can be sped up: % CAR.} Thus the test in |\@calc@pre@scan| finds any of them. % % As we have to check for these commands explicitly we must ensure diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/dcolumn.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/dcolumn.dtx index 048ffadadb2..b0be7a5422c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/dcolumn.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/dcolumn.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{dcolumn.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{dcolumn.dtx} - [2001/05/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ % \item The separator is not given its special definition by making it % active, as this would not work for an entry such as "& .5 &", as the % first token of an alignment entry is read {\em before\/} the preamble -% part, incase it is an "\omit", in which case the preamble is to be +% part, in case it is an "\omit", in which case the preamble is to be % omitted. Instead we switch the mathcode to (hex) 8000, which makes the % token act as if it were active. % \item Although \verb|\mathcode`.="8000| makes {\tt.} act as if it diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/delarray.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/delarray.dtx index 7db6ac20b67..eee2563a0f6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/delarray.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/delarray.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ % %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} %<package>\ProvidesPackage{delarray} -%<package> [1994/03/14 v1.01 array delimiter package (DPC)] +%<package> [2014/10/28 v1.01 array delimiter package (DPC)] % %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % The following line is completely redundant but it does catch errors % involving delimiters before the processing of the alignment begins. -% A common error is likely to be omiting the `.' in a +% A common error is likely to be omitting the `.' in a % |\cases|-type construction. This causes the first token of the % alignment to be gobbled, possibly causing lots of spurious errors % before the cause of the error, the missing delimiter, is discovered as diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/enumerate.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/enumerate.dtx index 77db9e2b6f2..3c26cbdde92 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/enumerate.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/enumerate.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{enumerate.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{enumerate.dtx} - [1999/03/05 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ % This package gives the enumerate environment an optional argument % which determines the style in which the counter is printed. % -% An occurence of one of the tokens |A a I i| or |1| produces the value +% An occurrence of one of the tokens |A a I i| or |1| produces the value % of the counter printed with (respectively) |\Alph \alph \Roman \roman| % or |\arabic|. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/ftnright.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/ftnright.dtx index b70055f38ad..286738be565 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/ftnright.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/ftnright.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 2010 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ %% Copyright (C) 1989-2004 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. %<+package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] %<+package>\ProvidesPackage{ftnright} -%<+package> [2010/02/25 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)] +%<+package> [2014/10/28 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)] % % \fi %% @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ % \bibitem{src:ltxiii94} % \LaTeX3 project. % \newblock \LaTeXe distribution, 1994. -% \newblock Souces for {\LaTeXe} the successor to \LaTeX~2.09. +% \newblock Sources for {\LaTeXe} the successor to \LaTeX~2.09. % % \bibitem{art:FMi89b} % Frank Mittelbach @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ \global\@firstcolumnfalse % \end{macrocode} % After changing the switch, we save the first column (which was -% placed by preceeding macros in |\@outputbox|) in the box register +% placed by preceding macros in |\@outputbox|) in the box register % |\@leftcolumn|. Since we are inside the output routine, all those % assignments have to be |\global| to take any effect. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ % % If we have just finished the right column, i.e., when % |\if@firstcolumn| equals |\iffalse|, we will reset the |\footins| -% parameters as explained above using the utitlity macro +% parameters as explained above using the utility macro % |\preparefootins|. % \begin{macrocode} \else \preparefootins @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % We then reduce the |\@colht| by this amount and again assign % |\@colroom| the value of |\@colht|. If no footnotes are present, -% we substract zero, so there is no harm in doing this operation +% we subtract zero, so there is no harm in doing this operation % all the time. % \begin{macrocode} \global\advance\@colht-\ftn@amount @@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ \setbox\@outputbox\box\@cclv % \end{macrocode} % -% But if the user errously forgot to specify a twocolumn layout, we +% But if the user erroneously forgot to specify a twocolumn layout, we % will always typeset the first column, so that the footnotes are % never printed. Therefore we better check for this special case % and output the footnotes on a separate page in an @@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ % package.\footnote{This decision is certainly open to criticism, % since there is nothing to separate. On the other hand, a rule or % some other ornament in front of the footnotes is part of the -% design which should be used concistently throughout a document. +% design which should be used consistently throughout a document. % As a last argument in favor of the rule, consider the situation % where \LaTeX{} decided to place only floats and footnotes into % the right hand column. In this case a separator again seems @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ % shorter, only a cosmetic change. The use of this hardwired {\sf % dimen} register seems to indicate that this part of \LaTeX{} was % written very early and left unchanged since then: an interesting -% fact for software archeologists.}\footnote{For the \LaTeXe{} +% fact for software archaeologists.}\footnote{For the \LaTeXe{} % upgrade I had to add the support for the % {\tt\string\enlargethispage} command---let's hope I did it in the % correct way.} @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\footnoterule} % Setting footnotes in smaller type and separating them with -% sufficiant space from the main text allow us to omit the +% sufficient space from the main text allow us to omit the % |\footnoterule| normally used. % \begin{macrocode} \let\footnoterule\@empty diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/hhline.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/hhline.dtx index 399e1a71e7e..52536a93752 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/hhline.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/hhline.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ % %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} %<package>\ProvidesPackage{hhline} -%<package> [1994/05/23 v2.03 Table rule package (DPC)] +%<package> [2014/10/28 v2.03 Table rule package (DPC)] % %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ % \] % If a double vline is specified ("||" or "::") then the hlines % produced by "\hhline" are broken. To obtain the effect of an hline -% `cutting through'the double vline, use a "#" or omit the vline +% `cutting through' the double vline, use a "#" or omit the vline % specifiers, depending on whether or not you wish the double vline to % break. % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/layout.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/layout.dtx index a8c16713774..2734c526d6c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/layout.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/layout.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<+package>\ProvidesPackage{layout} %<+driver>\ProvidesFile{layout.drv} %\ProvidesFile{layout.dtx} - [2000/09/25 v1.2c Show layout parameters] + [2014/10/28 v1.2c Show layout parameters] % % A short driver is provided that can be extracted if necessary by % the \textsf{DocStrip} program provided with \LaTeXe. @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ \advance\PositionY by \ref@body % \end{macrocode} % -% The x-psition of the arrow is at $4/5$ of the width of the `body +% The x-position of the arrow is at $4/5$ of the width of the `body % box'. % \begin{macrocode} \PositionX = \cnt@textwidth diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/longtable.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/longtable.dtx index 5c5ae0c6380..9cd4852b86f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/longtable.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/longtable.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{longtable.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{longtable.dtx} - [2004/02/01 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ % % \changes{v3.01}{1992/04/06} % {(Michel Goossens) If a chunk ends on a line in which the first -% entry is empty, wierd errors occur. Added special begin and end +% entry is empty, weird errors occur. Added special begin and end % groups, (\cs{ifnum}0 ) stuff as explained in Appendix D.} % % \changes{v3.02}{1992/04/09} @@ -500,11 +500,11 @@ % accordingly. If this has to propagate to chunks before the % "\multicolumn" one, an additional pass will, of course, be % needed. It is possible to construct tables where this rippling up of -% the correct widths taks several passes to `converge' and produce a +% the correct widths takes several passes to `converge' and produce a % table with all chunks aligned. However in % order to need many passes one needs to construct a table with % many overlapping "\multicolumn" entries, all being wider than the -% natural widths of the columns they span, and all occuring in +% natural widths of the columns they span, and all occurring in % different chunks. In the typical case the algorithm will converge % after three or four passes, and, the benefits of not needing to edit % the document before the final run to add "\setlongtables", and the @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ \ProcessOptions % \end{macrocode} % -% \subsection{User Setable Parameters} +% \subsection{User Settable Parameters} % % \begin{macro}{\LTleft} % \begin{macro}{\LTright} @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ % {(Mike Van Geest) rename \cs{LT@mc} to % \cs{LT@mcol} to allow 1100 tables} % \changes{v4.01}{1996/04/11} -% {(DPC) dont need multicolumn warning} +% {(DPC) don't need multicolumn warning} %\begin{verbatim} % \global\let\LT@mcw@rn\relax %\end{verbatim} @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\LT@xtabularcr} -% This justs looks for an optional argument. +% This just looks for an optional argument. % \begin{macrocode} \def\LT@xtabularcr{% \@ifnextchar[\LT@argtabularcr\LT@ntabularcr} @@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ % % Previous releases left the "\lineskip" glue at the end of each chunk % that had been added when the dummy row was added. There was no glue -% at the start of the next chunk as \TeX\ normally dooes not put +% at the start of the next chunk as \TeX\ normally does not put % "\lineskip" glue at the top of a box. This meant that normally the % chunks fitted together perfectly, however "\noalign" material at a % chunk boundary came before the first row of the next chunk @@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ % \changes{v4.00}{1996/04/08} % {(DK) Macro added} % \changes{v4.01}{1996/04/11} -% {(DPC) Dont mess with \cs{multicolumn} on draft passes} +% {(DPC) Don't mess with \cs{multicolumn} on draft passes} % Create a blank row if we are not using the info in the ".aux" file. % \begin{macrocode} \def\LT@blank@row{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/multicol.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/multicol.dtx index 786517c0011..4e0fb6b16ab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/multicol.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/multicol.dtx @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ %% - multicol is used for non-commercial purposes %% %% -%% Determinating a license fee might result in a license fee of zero +%% Determining a license fee might result in a license fee of zero %% (i.e., no payment) in case a producer has determined that the use %% of multicol has no enhancing effect on the product. This is a %% plausible scenario, i.e., in the above two cases the producer is @@ -91,10 +91,10 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{multicol.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{multicol.dtx} - [2014/08/24 v1.8g multicolumn formatting (FMi)] + [2014/10/28 v1.8i multicolumn formatting (FMi)] % % -%% \CheckSum{1840} +%% \CheckSum{1853} %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ % over to next page. % % Also added was support for |\enlargethispage|. This means it is -% now possible to request a page to be artifically enlarged or +% now possible to request a page to be artificially enlarged or % shortened. Note that if you enlarge pages by more than one line % you may have to increase the {\sf collectmore} counter value to % ensure that enough material is being picked up. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ % \begin{multicols}{3} % Right-to-left typesetting will only reverse the column orders. Any % other support needed will have to be provided by other means, -% e.g., using apprpriate fonts and reversing the writing directions +% e.g., using appropriate fonts and reversing the writing directions % within the columns. As footnotes are typeset in full measure the % footnote rule needs to be redefined as if they are below a single % column, i.e., using |\textwidth| not |\columnwidth|. For example: @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ % been added to the balancing routine. The balancing routine now % checks the badness % of the resulting columns and rejects solutions that are larger -% than a certain treshold. +% than a certain threshold. % At the same time \mc{} has been upgraded to run under \LaTeXe{}. % % Later changes to 1.5 include |\columnbreak| and |multicols*|. @@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ % inside `multicols' environment!} % % This message appears if you try to use the |\marginpar| command or -% an unstared version of the {\sf figure} or {\sf table} environment. +% an unstarred version of the {\sf figure} or {\sf table} environment. % Such floats will disappear! % % \item[] {\hspace*{-\labelsep}\tt Very deep columns! @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ %<*package> % \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} % \ProvidesPackage{multicol}[..../../.. -% v... multicolum formatting] +% v... multicolumn formatting] % \end{macrocode} % %^^A \subsection{Option processing} @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \advance\@colroom-\ht\partial@page % \end{macrocode} -% Then we have to calulate the |\vsize| value to use during column +% Then we have to calculate the |\vsize| value to use during column % assembly. |\set@mult@vsize| takes an argument which allows to % make the setting local (|\relax|) or global (|\global|). The % latter variant is used inside the output routine below. At this @@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ % has the disadvantage that the resulting % program cannot be called \TeX{} thereafter.} % this simple trick saved us from rewriting the |\footnote| -% macros. However, some applications refered to |\columnwidth| as +% macros. However, some applications referred to |\columnwidth| as % the ``width of the current column'' to typeset displays % (the \texttt{amsmath} package, for example) and to allow the use % of such applications together with \texttt{multicol} this is now @@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % If there was a |\columnbreak| on the very last line all material % will have been moved to the |\colbreak@box|. Thus the the galley -% will be ampty and no output routine gets called so that the text +% will be empty and no output routine gets called so that the text % is lost. To avoid this problem (though unlikely) we check if the % current galley is empty and the |\colbreak@box| contains text and % if so return that to the galley. If the galley is non-empty any @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ % case that the |\eject| will have no effect (since the main % vertical list is empty)---thus no output routine is called at % all. As a result the material preceding the \mc{} (stored in -% |\partial@page| will get lost if we don't take of this by hand. +% |\partial@page| will get lost if we don't put this back by hand. % \changes{v1.4m}{1992/09/04}{Check \cs{partial@page} being emptied} % \begin{macrocode} \ifvbox\partial@page @@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ % which can happen if there is a break point just before it (such % as end ending environment) which was chosen. In that case we % would do the next page using the internal |\vsize| for multicol -% collection which is a desaster. So we better catch this +% collection which is a disaster. So we better catch this % case. Fortunately we can detect it by looking at |\pagegoal|. % \changes{v1.5x}{2000/05/05}{Detect and fix problem if a multicols % ends at the top of a page} @@ -1843,6 +1843,19 @@ \fi \addvspace\multicolsep % \end{macrocode} +% There is one more thing to do: the balanced result of the +% environment is supposed to have a |\prevdepth| of zero as we +% backed up by its real prevdepth within |\page@sofar|. However if +% the balancing happened in the output routine then \TeX{} reverts +% to the |\prevdepth| that was current before the OR once the OR has +% finished. In short |\prevdepth| is something you can't set +% globally it is alway local to the current list being built. Thus +% we need to set it back to zero here to avoid incorrect spacing. +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Set \cs{prevdepdth} for current vlist +% when returning from multicols environment} +% \begin{macrocode} + \prevdepth\z@ +% \end{macrocode} % If statistics are required we finally report that we have % finished everything. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2051,16 +2064,21 @@ % The depths of the columns depend on their last lines. To ensure % that we will always get a similar look as far as the rules are % concerned we force the depth to be at least the depth of a -% letter~`p' (which is what we initialized |\dimen2| to above). +% letter~`p' (which is what we set |\dimen2| to above). % \begin{macrocode} \rlap{\phantom p}% }% % \end{macrocode} % The processed material might consist of a last line with a -% decender in which case the |\prevdepth| will be +% descender in which case the |\prevdepth| will be % non-zero. However, this material is getting reformatted now so % that this value is likely to be wrong. We therefore normalize the -% situation by pretending that the depth is zero. +% situation by pretending that the depth is zero. However, if |\page@sofar| +% is being called inside the OR then setting |\prevdepth| here has +% no longlasting effect, we therefore have to repeat this once we +% return to the main vertical list. Here we set it only for those +% cases where the command is used within a list and then followed by +% something else. % \changes{v1.8g}{2014/08/24}{Resetting \cs{prevdepth} in the right place} % \begin{macrocode} \prevdepth\z@ @@ -2118,6 +2136,23 @@ % \end{macro} % % +% \begin{macro}{\vfillmaxdepth} +% This curious definition is used as the space at the bottom of a +% column if we implement |\raggedcolumns|. Normlly one only appends +% |\vfill| in that case but this is actually wrong for columns that +% are more or less full: by adding a glue at the bottom such a +% column doesn't have any depth any more but without it the material +% would be allowed a depth of |\maxdepth|. So we allow shrinking by +% that amount. This only makes a difference if the box would +% otherwise become overfull and shrinking never exceeds the +% specified value, so we should be fine. +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Macro added (pr/4395)} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\vfillmaxdepth{\vskip \z@ \@plus 1fill \@minus \maxdepth} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% % \begin{macro}{\multi@column@out} % Now we can't postpone the difficulties any longer. The % |\multi@column@out| routine will be called in two situations. @@ -2229,18 +2264,20 @@ % this was wrong and unboxing is always needed.} % \changes{v1.8b}{2013/08/28}{Remove discardable items at the % end of split boxes} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}} % \begin{macrocode} \setbox\count@ \vbox to\dimen@ {\unvbox\count@ \remove@discardable@items - \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}% + \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi}% }% % \end{macrocode} % Then the last column follows. % \changes{v1.5a}{1992/11/04}{New box mechanism} % \changes{v1.8b}{2013/08/28}{Remove discardable items at the % end of split boxes} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}} % \begin{macrocode} \setbox\mult@rightbox \vsplit\@cclv to\dimen@ @@ -2248,7 +2285,7 @@ \setbox\mult@rightbox\vbox to\dimen@ {\unvbox\mult@rightbox \remove@discardable@items - \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}% + \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi}% % \end{macrocode} % Now that we are done with the boxes, we restored the current % setting for shrinking in case it got changed: @@ -2258,7 +2295,7 @@ % Having done this we hope that box 255 is emptied. If not, we % reinsert its contents. % \changes{v1.8a}{2011/12/20}{Only re-add output penalty if it was -% explictly set} +% explicitly set} % \begin{macrocode} \ifvoid\@cclv \else \unvbox\@cclv @@ -2360,7 +2397,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % After the page is shipped out we have to prepare the kept marks % for the following page. |\kept@firstmark| and |\kept@botmark| -% reinitilized by setting them to |\@empty|. The value of +% reinitialized by setting them to |\@empty|. The value of % |\botmark| is then assigned to |\kept@topmark|. % \changes{v1.4g}{1992/06/03}{Only change \cs{kept@topmark} if % \cs{kept@botmark} non-empty} @@ -2378,7 +2415,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % Now we reset |\@colroom| to |\@colht| which is \LaTeX's % saved value of |\textheight|. -% We also ahve to reset the recorded position of the last +% We also have to reset the recorded position of the last % |\marginpar| as we are now on a new page. % \changes{v1.8d}{2014/04/23}{Reset \cs{@mparbottom} after page finishes} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2699,7 +2736,7 @@ % \begin{macrocode} \get@keptmarks\mult@box % \end{macrocode} -% We then contine by resetting trying to remove any discardable +% We then continue by resetting trying to remove any discardable % stuff at the end of |\mult@box|. This is rather experimental. We % also add a forced break point at the very beginning, so that we % can split the box to height zero later on, thereby adding a known @@ -2723,6 +2760,16 @@ \@minus\multicolovershoot \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth % \end{macrocode} +% We also have to set |\boxmaxdepth| which normally allows to +% build boxes with arbitrary depth, but as we are building text +% columns we really want to restrict the depth. This is necessary as +% we sometimes rebox the boxes generated by |\vsplit| and then the +% restriction posed by |\splitmaxdepth| gets lost. +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{All column boxes should obey +% \cs{maxdepth} (pr/4395)} +% \begin{macrocode} + \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth +% \end{macrocode} % The next step is a bit tricky: when \TeX{} assembles material in % a box, the first line isn't preceded by interline glue, i.e. % there is no parameter like |\boxtopskip| in \TeX{}. This means @@ -2812,9 +2859,10 @@ \vbadness\@M % \end{macrocode} % We also allow for overfull boxes while we trying to split the -% columns. +% columns. They can easily happen if we have objects with unusual depth. +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Do not report overfull} % \begin{macrocode} - \vfuzz \col@number\baselineskip + \vfuzz \maxdimen % \end{macrocode} % The variable |\last@try| will hold the dimension used in the % previous trial splitting. We initialize it with a negative value. @@ -2899,7 +2947,8 @@ }}% % \end{macrocode} % There is one subtle point here: while all other constructed boxes -% have a depth that is determined by |\splitmaxdepth| the last box +% have a depth that is determined by |\splitmaxdepth| and/or +% |\boxmaxdepth| the last box % will get a natural depth disregarding the original setting and % the value of |\splitmaxdepth| or |\boxmaxdepth|. This means that % we may end up with a very large depth in box |\mult@grightbox| @@ -2907,7 +2956,6 @@ % make the result of the testing incorrect. So we change the value % by unboxing the box into itself. % \begin{macrocode} - \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth \global\setbox\mult@grightbox \vbox{\unvbox\mult@grightbox}% % \end{macrocode} @@ -2991,7 +3039,7 @@ % If the height of the last box is too large we mark this trial as % unsuccessful. % \changes{v1.5v}{1999/07/18}{Added tracing statements for -% trial unsuccesful} +% trial unsuccessful} % \begin{macrocode} %<*badness> \too@badtrue @@ -3038,11 +3086,12 @@ % We then compare this badness with the allowed badness for the final % column. If it does not exceed this value we use the box, otherwise % we rebox it once more and add some glue at the bottom. +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}} % \begin{macrocode} \ifnum\badness>\c@finalcolumnbadness \global\setbox\mult@grightbox \vbox to\dimen@ - {\unvbox\mult@grightbox\vfill}% + {\unvbox\mult@grightbox\vfillmaxdepth}% \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne \message{ setting natural (> \the\c@finalcolumnbadness)}% @@ -3066,7 +3115,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % If the natural height of the first box is smaller than the % current trial size but is larger than the previous trial size it -% is likely that we have missed a potientially better +% is likely that we have missed a potentially better % solution. (This could have happened if for some reason our first % trial size was too high.) In that case we dismiss this trial and % restart using the natural height for the next trial. @@ -3096,7 +3145,7 @@ % At that point |\dimen@| holds the height that was determined by % the balancing loop. % If that height for the columns turns out to be larger -% than the available space (which is |\@colroom|) we sqeeze the +% than the available space (which is |\@colroom|) we squeeze the % columns into the space assuming that they will have enough % shrinkability to allow this.\footnote{This might be wrong, since % the shrinkability that accounts for the amount of material might @@ -3139,12 +3188,13 @@ {% % \end{macrocode} % +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}} % \begin{macrocode} \vskip \z@ \@plus-\multicolundershoot \@minus-\multicolovershoot \unvbox\@tempcnta - \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi + \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi }% % \end{macrocode} % If the resulting box is overfull there was too much material to @@ -3280,7 +3330,7 @@ \@largefloatcheck \outer@nobreak % \end{macrocode} -% This is cheap (defering the floats until after the current page) +% This is cheap (deferring the floats until after the current page) % but any other solution would go deep into \LaTeX's output % routine and I don't like to work on it until I know which parts % of the output routine have to be reimplemented anyway for @@ -3510,7 +3560,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\remove@discardable@items} % There are situations when we may have some space at the end of a % column and this macro here will attempt to get rid of it. This -% will not remove an extremly long sequence of spaces and +% will not remove an extremely long sequence of spaces and % penalties, but in nearly all cases this will be enough. % \begin{macrocode} \def\remove@discardable@items{% @@ -3609,7 +3659,7 @@ % definition. % % Starting with version v1.5r this is now done in a way that the original -% definition is still used, execpt that locally |\columnwidth| is set to +% definition is still used, except that locally |\columnwidth| is set to % |\textwidth|. % % This solves two problems: first redefinitions of |\@footnotetext| @@ -3667,10 +3717,19 @@ % When ending the environment we simply end the inner % \texttt{multicols} environment, except that we better also stick % in some stretchable vertical glue so that the last column still -% containing text is not vertically stretched out. +% containing text is not vertically stretched out. The final |\null| hides this space +% so that it doesn't get removed again when the columns are assembled. +% However, we only do this if we aren't already doing |\raggedcolumns| +% because it would be a mistake to add such glue twice. After all it contains +% a minus component of |\maxdepth| and that would then be applied twice! % \changes{v1.5q}{1998/01/19}{Macro added} +% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}} +% \changes{v1.8i}{2014/10/28}{Add \cs{null} to hide the final fill and only add +% vertical space if not doing \cs{raggedcolumns}} % \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{endmulticols*}{\vfill + \@namedef{endmulticols*}{\ifshr@nking\else + \vfillmaxdepth\nointerlineskip\null + \fi \end{multicols}} %</nobalance> % \end{macrocode} @@ -4013,7 +4072,7 @@ %\mc@set@col@status{lcol-4}{0} %\end{verbatim} % The \verb=\mc@col@status= line denotes the column type and has been -% writting out just before corresponding the column box was placed +% written out just before corresponding the column box was placed % onto the page. % The\verb=\mc@set@col@status= lines have been written out as part % of shipping the column boxes out, e.g., diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/showkeys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/showkeys.dtx index 8419ba1c98b..e30d1a57101 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/showkeys.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/showkeys.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 2011 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{showkeys.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{showkeys.dtx} - [2014/04/24 v3.17 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)] + [2014/10/28 v3.17 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ % % The package accepts two further options. % \begin{description} -% \item[final] to supress the action of this package, for `final' +% \item[final] to suporess the action of this package, for `final' % versions. % \item[draft] the normal behaviour of this package. % \end{description} @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ % Displayed math (without |equation| counter). % \[0=0\label{disp}\] % -% Some text refering to the maths on page~\pageref{disp}, and the +% Some text referring to the maths on page~\pageref{disp}, and the % item~\ref{e^1}.\footnotetext{Actually \texttt{\string\marginpar} is % not used at all in this package now.} % @@ -234,10 +234,10 @@ % \bibitem{GN:sl} % Gil Neiger, \emph{showlabels.sty}, % Undated package, similar to this one, but shows labels -% inline, affecting the formating of the document. +% inline, affecting the formatting of the document. % % \bibitem{anon:sk} -% Annonymous, \emph{showkeys.sty}, +% Anonymous, \emph{showkeys.sty}, % Package, dated 14 May 1988. Very similar to this one, % also uses |\marginpar| in outer vertical mode. % @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % -% First we handle the options. Normally all related comands are +% First we handle the options. Normally all related commands are % defined to show their `keys'. But since v3.03 one can specify: % % \texttt{notref} to stop the redefinition of |\ref| (and |\pageref|, @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ % \changes{v3.15}{2007/08/07} % {Fix \cs{showkeyslabelformat} for final option PR/3918.} % Allow |final| to be specified in the document class options -% to supress the loading of this package. +% to suppress the loading of this package. % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{final}{% \providecommand*\showkeyslabelformat[1]{}% @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ % If the |\label| is straight after |\item| (|\bibitem| is handled by % this case as well) then the item label has not been added to the page % yet. It is hanging around in the box |\@labels| waiting for the -% paragraph to start. So just need to attatch the label to this box. +% paragraph to start. So just need to attach the label to this box. % \begin{macrocode} \global\setbox\@labels\hbox{% \llap{\SK@lab\SK@lab@relax @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ % \changes{v3.10}{1996/09/06} % {Save prevdepth and restore later} % If we insert a box into the main vertical list, do not want to -% change |\prevdepth| as that would afect vertical spacing in the +% change |\prevdepth| as that would affect vertical spacing in the % document. (The box itself should not cause any difference in break % points as there is a node there anyway coming from the |\write| to % the aux file. @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ % \changes{v3.12}{1997/06/12} % {Support cite package. tools/2490} % \changes{v3.17}{2014/04/24} -% {rededine \cs{@citex} rather than \cs{cite} for tools/4162} +% {redefine \cs{@citex} rather than \cs{cite} for tools/4162} % % If \textsf{cite} or \textsf{overcite} is being used, redefine |\citen| % rather than |\cite| so as not to spoil the space and punctuation @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \changes{v3.17}{2014/04/24} -% {Change name, rededine \cs{@citex} rather than \cs{cite} for tools/4162} +% {Change name, redefine \cs{@citex} rather than \cs{cite} for tools/4162} % \begin{macrocode} \def\SK@citex[#1]#2{% \SK@\SK@@ref{#2}\SK@@citex[{#1}]{#2}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/tabularx.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/tabularx.dtx index 3752a31dd86..e9ebca7e967 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/tabularx.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/tabularx.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 2014 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{tabularx.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{tabularx.dtx} - [2014/05/13 v2.10 `tabularx' package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v2.10 `tabularx' package (DPC)] % \iffalse %<*driver> \documentclass{ltxdoc} @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\tabularx} % Prior to v1.06, this macro took two arguments, which were saved in % separate registers before the table body was saved by "\TX@get@body". -% Unfortunatly this disables the "[t]" optional argument. Now just save +% Unfortunately this disables the "[t]" optional argument. Now just save % the width specification separately, then clear the token register % "\toks@". % Finally call "\TX@get@body" to begin saving the body of the table. @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ \expandafter\let\expandafter\tabularx\csname tabular*\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\endtabularx\csname endtabular*\endcsname % \end{macrocode} -% Added at v1.05: dissable "\write"s during a trial run. This trick is +% Added at v1.05: disable "\write"s during a trial run. This trick is % from the \TeX{}Book.\footnote{Actually the \TeX{}Book trick does % not work correctly, so changed for v2.05.} % \changes{v2.05}{1997/09/18} @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\arraybackslash} % "\\" hack. -% \changes{v2.08}{2012/02/06}{Dont define this if already defined by newer array package and use tabularnewline now this is in 2e.} +% \changes{v2.08}{2012/02/06}{Don't define this if already defined by newer array package and use tabularnewline now this is in 2e.} % \begin{macrocode} \ifx\arraybackslash\@undefined \def\arraybackslash{\let\\\tabularnewline} @@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % This last section was added at Version 1.02. Previous versions -% documentented the fact that "\verb" did not work inside {\ttfamily +% documented the fact that "\verb" did not work inside {\ttfamily % tabularx}, but that did not stop people using it! This usually put % \LaTeX\ into an irrecoverable error position, with error messages that % did not mention the cause of the error. The `poor man's "\verb"' (and @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ % "\let\verb=\TX@verb". (Making sure to restore the real definition % later!) % -% "\verb" and "\verb*" are subject to the following restictions: +% "\verb" and "\verb*" are subject to the following restrictions: % \begin{enumerate} % \item Spaces in the argument are not read verbatim, but may be skipped % according to \TeX's usual rules. @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}{\TX@v@} % Loop through the "\meaning", replacing all spaces by "~". If the last -% charcter is a space it is dropped, so that "\verb*|\LaTeX|" produces +% character is a space it is dropped, so that "\verb*|\LaTeX|" produces % "\LaTeX" not \verb*|\LaTeX |. The rewritten tokens are then further % processed to replace "##" pairs. % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/theorem.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/theorem.dtx index d2a27596562..e7550ae7c85 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/theorem.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/theorem.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ %% % % -\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} +\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} % % \ProvidesFile{theorem.dtx}[\FMithmInfo] %\iffalse % this is a METACOMMENT ! @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ % \begin{verbatim} % \theoremheaderfont{\normalfont\bfseries} %\end{verbatim} -% i.e.\ supplying all necessary font informations explicitly. +% i.e.\ supplying all necessary font information explicitly. % % % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/trace.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/trace.dtx index 172c6d7a461..a5e99a673b9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/trace.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/trace.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % % Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{trace.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{trace.dtx} - [2014/04/21 v1.1d trace LaTeX code] + [2014/10/28 v1.1d trace LaTeX code] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -316,7 +317,7 @@ % |\conditionally@traceon| should do nothing. We set them to % |\@empty| not |\relax| since the latter might produce a math ord % in certain circumstances. We also have to make sure that -% |\traceon| (as defined further down) is not redfining +% |\traceon| (as defined further down) is not redefining % |\conditionally@traceoff| again. To make this all work these % redefinitions have to wait until the end of the package. % \changes{v1.1c}{2003/04/30}{Option ``full'' added} @@ -436,7 +437,7 @@ % it revert all settings changed by |\tr@ce@n|? It should not, since % our goal is to shorten the trace output, thus setting all of the % uninteresting values back makes the output unnecessarily -% longer. Therefore we restrict ourself to those |\tracing...| +% longer. Therefore we restrict ourselves to those |\tracing...| % internals that really contribute to listings like the above. % % And one additional point is worth mentioning. The order in which diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx index 108419b6f64..e200ffdcab7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % % Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ % %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/05/16] %<package>\ProvidesPackage{varioref} -%<package> [2014/07/03 v1.5a package for extended references (FMi)] +%<package> [2014/10/28 v1.5a package for extended references (FMi)] % \fi % % \CheckSum{2165} @@ -84,7 +85,7 @@ % % \section{Introduction} % -% In many cases it is helpful when refering to a figure or table to +% In many cases it is helpful when referring to a figure or table to % put both a |\ref| and a |\pageref| command into the document % especially when there are one or more pages between the reference % and the object. Therefore some people use a command like @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ % %\DescribeMacro\vpageref Sometimes one wants to refer only to page % number and again such a reference should normally be suppressed if -% we are refering to the current page. For this purpose the package +% we are referring to the current page. For this purpose the package % defines the |\vpageref| command. It will produce the same strings as % |\vref| except that it doesn't start with the |\ref| and except that % it will produce the string that is saved in |\reftextcurrent| if @@ -323,7 +324,7 @@ %\DescribeMacro\reftextfaceafter Backward references use % |\reftextbefore| if the label is on the preceding page but invisible % and |\reftextfacebefore| if it is one the facing page (i.e., if the -% current page number is odd). Similarily |\reftextafter| is used +% current page number is odd). Similarly |\reftextafter| is used % when the label comes on the next page but one has to turn the page % and |\reftextfaceafter| if it is on the following but facing page. % @@ -1022,9 +1023,9 @@ \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} ws\nobreakspace\ref{#2}}% }} % \end{macrocode} -% Iselandic defaults suggested by Thorhallur Sverrisson +% Icelandic defaults suggested by Thorhallur Sverrisson % (\verb=thorhs@basis.is=). -% \changes{v1.4t}{2007/09/07}{Added defaults for islandic} +% \changes{v1.4t}{2007/09/07}{Added defaults for icelandic} % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{icelandic} {\vref@addto\extrasicelandic{% @@ -1233,7 +1234,7 @@ % I.~A.~Kotelnikov and P.~Z.~Chebotaev, and adapted % to the encoding-independent form by Vladimir Volovich % (\verb=vvv@vsu.ru=). -% \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/23}{Added russion strings} +% \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/23}{Added russian strings} % \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/24}{Added defaults for % \cs{reftextpagerange} and \cs{reftextlabelrange}} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1584,7 +1585,7 @@ % stream. Otherwise we insert the second argument. Recall that % those are the two optional arguments of |...|. However, if the % user explicitly requested an empty text string using the optional -% argument we cancel any preceeding space. +% argument we cancel any preceding space. % \changes{v1.2f}{2000/07/07}{Don't output space if optional argument % empty (pr/3230)} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1622,7 +1623,7 @@ % pages. |\thevpagerefnum| will expand to the page number of the object % (and we know that this is a number) and |\@tempcnta| is either % one higher than the reference page or completely out of bounds. -% So if both represend the same value then the object lies one page +% So if both represent the same value then the object lies one page % after its reference. % \begin{macrocode} \ifnum \thevpagerefnum =\@tempcnta @@ -1659,9 +1660,9 @@ % does not occur, but of course it isn't impossible if you more % than one reference to the same object, or if you have back % references to sections, theorems, etc. To test this we now -% substract two from the current value of |\@tempcnta| (which was +% subtract two from the current value of |\@tempcnta| (which was % set to one higher as the reference page number). Note, that -% substraction is also possible if the value was |\maxdimen| --- we +% subtraction is also possible if the value was |\maxdimen| --- we % still get something that is much larger than any sensible page % number. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1732,7 +1733,7 @@ % \changes{v1.4e}{2003/01/08}{Macro added (pr/3489)} % This macro is like |\label| in the kernel but without passing on % |\@currentlabel|, ie useful if all we are interested in is the -% page number. It also has the effect that it is uneffected by +% page number. It also has the effect that it is unaffected by % \texttt{amsmath} or Babel redefining the |\label| command. % \begin{macrocode} \def\vref@label#1{\@bsphack @@ -1807,7 +1808,7 @@ % \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/27}{Add \cs{leavevmode}} % % Above comments all refer to the earlier versions where there was -% no posibility to suppress the space at all. By now we have +% no possibility to suppress the space at all. By now we have % |\vref*| and |\vpageref*| to suppress the in internally generated % space by redefining |\vref@space| appropriately. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1911,7 +1912,7 @@ \def\vref@pagenum#1#2{% \@ifundefined{r@#2}{\@namedef{r@#2}{{??}{??}}}{}% % \end{macrocode} -% Extracting and saving the page number turned out to be a soure of subtle +% Extracting and saving the page number turned out to be a source of subtle % bugs. Initially it was done through an |\edef| with a bunch of % |\expandafter| commands inside. This posed a problem if the page number % itself contained code which needed protection (e.g., pr/4080) so this got diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx index 5e47e414580..d9d1702a8a1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 2011 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ %<*package> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{verbatim} - [2003/08/22 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements] + [2014/10/28 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements] \@ifundefined{verbatim@@@}{}{\endinput} % \end{macrocode} % @@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@ Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text \begin {verbatimlisting}{verbtest.tex} - Additonal verbatim text + Additional verbatim text ... \end{verbatimlisting} And here for listing a file: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xspace.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xspace.dtx index b01314aea2b..18ef9093d3f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xspace.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xspace.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 -% 2006 2008 2009 +% Copyright 1993-2014 +% % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere % in this file. % @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{xspace.drv} % \fi % \ProvidesFile{xspace.dtx} - [2009/10/20 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)] + [2014/10/28 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)] % % \iffalse %<*driver> @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ \def\@xspace{% % \end{macrocode} % Before we start checking the exception list it makes sense to -% performe a quick check on the token in question. Most of the time +% perform a quick check on the token in question. Most of the time % \cs{xspace} is used in regular text so \cs{@let@token} is set equal % to a letter. In that case there is no point in checking the list % because it will definitely not contain any tokens with catcode~11. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls index 20b5797d38b..13e77705ae9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesClass{article} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class] \newcommand\@ptsize{} \newif\if@restonecol diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo index 97d91a08ac0..19246b107f0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \ProvidesFile{bk10.clo} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)] \renewcommand\normalsize{% \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiipt diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo index 9c52867e4ef..5046ce6b9e8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \ProvidesFile{bk11.clo} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)] \renewcommand\normalsize{% \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xipt{13.6}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo index 719edbdf392..c96a7fdf118 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \ProvidesFile{bk12.clo} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)] \renewcommand\normalsize{% \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{14.5}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls index 3a3b9b18e6b..b52fdb97b95 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesClass{book} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class] \newcommand\@ptsize{} \newif\if@restonecol diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty index 8ba53a19781..85f348ffaf2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{doc} - [2010/02/04 v2.1e + [2014/09/29 v2.1e Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)] %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex index 4f2e2184366..f51a24693b3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \def\filename{docstrip.dtx} -\def\fileversion{2.5d} -\def\filedate{2005/07/29} -\def\docdate {2014/04/19} +\def\fileversion{2.5e} +\def\filedate{2014/09/29} +\def\docdate {2014/09/29} %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Z \Ask\noprompt{% By default you will be asked this question for every file.^^J% If you enter `y' now,^^J% - I will asssume `y' for all future questions^^J% + I will assume `y' for all future questions^^J% without prompting.}% \ifx\y\noprompt\let\noprompt\yes\fi \ifx\yes\noprompt\gdef\Ask####1####2{\def####1{y}}\fi}} @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ for copying and modification in the file \inFileName. ****************************************************^^J% * Finally give the list of input file(s) without \space\space*}% \Ask\filelist{% - * extension seperated by commas if necessary % + * extension separated by commas if necessary % \space\space\space\space: *}% \Msg{****************************************************^^J}}% \Msg{Utility: `docstrip' \fileversion\space <\filedate>^^J% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/exscale.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/exscale.sty index 6f497ecb746..4e444cadc63 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/exscale.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/exscale.sty @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ %% all rights reserved. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{exscale} - [2007/10/29 v2.1h + [2014/09/29 v2.1h Standard LaTeX package exscale] \DeclareFontShape{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}{% <-8>sfixed * cmex7 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fix-cm.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fix-cm.sty index 95ab8deab9a..9f5f3fab887 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fix-cm.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fix-cm.sty @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{fix-cm} - [2014/08/30 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX] + [2014/09/29 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX] %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty index f877d313c28..14f947e665c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{fixltx2e} - [2014/08/30 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX] + [2014/09/29 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX] %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg index 26e65db58ff..d5d722fdb7f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{fontmath.cfg} - [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel + [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel (Uncustomised math font setup)] %% \CharacterTable diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx index 3b0ff4386c6..c07384bf1de 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{fontmath.ltx} - [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel + [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel (Math font setup)] %% \CharacterTable diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg index cb24d2fcb2b..a6d1c2d27d6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{fonttext.cfg} - [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel + [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel (Uncustomised text font setup)] %% \CharacterTable diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx index bd79474187a..a14de774558 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{fonttext.ltx} - [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel + [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel (Text font setup)] %% \CharacterTable diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty index 3ff83f2edfb..a0b593641cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{ifthen} - [2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)] + [2014/09/29 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)] \def\TE@throw{\@ne=\@ne\noexpand\fi} \def\boolean#1#2{% \TE@throw\expandafter\noexpand\csname if#1\endcsname#2} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx index b82e1c38ecb..1d3c115e835 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx @@ -3027,7 +3027,7 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \else \@latex@error{Math version `\expandafter\@gobblefour\string#1' is not - defined}{You probably mispelled the name of the math + defined}{You probably misspelled the name of the math version.^^JOr you have to specify an additional package.}% \fi } @@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ Type H <return> for immediate help.}% \else \@latex@error{Math version `\expandafter\@gobblefour\string#1' is not - defined}{You probably mispelled the name of the math + defined}{You probably misspelled the name of the math version.^^JOr you have to specify an additional package.}% \fi } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/lcyenc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/lcyenc.dfu index c016edd6cd1..5a674f6169c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/lcyenc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/lcyenc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{lcyenc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemotright} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/letter.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/letter.cls index f2c02982bc7..f228ac281f9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/letter.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/letter.cls @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01] \ProvidesClass{letter} - [1999/04/29 v1.2z + [2014/09/29 v1.2z Standard LaTeX document class] \newcommand\@ptsize{} \DeclareOption{a4paper} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltxdoc.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltxdoc.cls index 1d1067a548a..6a5863dbe5d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltxdoc.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltxdoc.cls @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesClass{ltxdoc} - [2007/11/11 v2.0u Standard LaTeX documentation class] + [2014/09/29 v2.0u Standard LaTeX documentation class] \DeclareOption{a5paper}{\@latexerr{Option not supported}% {}} \DeclareOption*{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ly1enc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ly1enc.dfu index a31fa151e34..3bdbca284df 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ly1enc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ly1enc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{ly1enc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\textexclamdown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{\textcent} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/makeidx.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/makeidx.sty index b5c35708ce9..ae9b9485903 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/makeidx.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/makeidx.sty @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesPackage{makeidx} - [2000/03/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package] + [2014/09/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package] \newcommand*\see[2]{\emph{\seename} #1} \providecommand*\seealso[2]{\emph{\alsoname} #1} \newcommand\printindex{\@input@{\jobname.ind}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/nfssfont.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/nfssfont.tex index 7225c90ae1a..c5a2df2dfd0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/nfssfont.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/nfssfont.tex @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ %% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. -\def\nfssfontfileversion{v2.2b} -\def\nfssfontfiledate{2006/01/08} +\def\nfssfontfileversion{v2.2c} +\def\nfssfontfiledate{2014/09/29} %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ \typein[\currfontname]% {Input external font name, e.g., cmr10^^J% (or <enter> for NFSS classification of font):}% - \def\encoding{unkown}% + \def\encoding{unknown}% \fontencoding{T1}\selectfont \ifx\currfontname\empty \typein[\encoding]{^^J^^J*** NFSS classification diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/oldlfont.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/oldlfont.sty index a93ecece9c6..72f7fbe42bd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/oldlfont.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/oldlfont.sty @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ %% all rights reserved. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{oldlfont} - [1994/11/29 v2.2k Standard LaTeX package] + [2014/09/29 v2.2k Standard LaTeX package] %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmm.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmm.fd index 7d3b94261c2..7b0c8ce46fb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmm.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmm.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{omlcmm.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OML}{cmm}{\skewchar\font127 } \DeclareFontShape{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}% {<5><6><7><8><9>gen*cmmi% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmr.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmr.fd index 3d4ac148470..51a3fca199e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmr.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmr.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{omlcmr.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OML}{cmr}{\skewchar\font127 } \DeclareFontShape{OML}{cmr}{m}{n}% {<->ssub*cmm/m/it}{} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd index fd7eddb83bd..fbf7217be4d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{omscmr.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OMS}{cmr}{\skewchar\font48 } \DeclareFontShape{OMS}{cmr}{m}{n}% {<->ssub*cmsy/m/n}{} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmsy.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmsy.fd index 610846158c9..456e60c7147 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmsy.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmsy.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{omscmsy.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OMS}{cmsy}{\skewchar\font48 } \DeclareFontShape{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}{% <5><6><7><8><9><10>gen*cmsy% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.dfu index 705cee0cf58..485ab382b16 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{omsenc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\textparagraph} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\textperiodcentered} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omxcmex.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omxcmex.fd index ffe89d032eb..8f4a55c691e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omxcmex.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omxcmex.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{omxcmex.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OMX}{cmex}{} \DeclareFontShape{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}{% <->sfixed*cmex10% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmdh.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmdh.fd index 446d77e43d1..91f37c300cd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmdh.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmdh.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ot1cmdh.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmdh}{\hyphenchar\font45 } \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmdh}{m}{n}{% <10>cmdunh10% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfib.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfib.fd index 25049cbd826..b6c55144dcf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfib.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfib.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ot1cmfib.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmfib}{\hyphenchar\font45 } \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmfib}{m}{n}{% <8>cmfib8% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfr.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfr.fd index 84d5809b7ab..9290db40837 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfr.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfr.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ot1cmfr.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmfr}{\hyphenchar\font45 } \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmfr}{m}{n}{% <10>cmff10% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmr.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmr.fd index 5a0845134f6..33fa8a19702 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmr.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmr.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ot1cmr.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmr}{\hyphenchar\font45 } \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><12>gen*cmr% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmss.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmss.fd index 7dac1862f58..e29487b6024 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmss.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmss.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ot1cmss.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmss}{\hyphenchar\font45 } \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n} {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmtt.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmtt.fd index b793a9921da..88b50882c3c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmtt.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmtt.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ot1cmtt.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n} {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmvtt.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmvtt.fd index 7077f83e146..26fc0570bc4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmvtt.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmvtt.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ot1cmvtt.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmvtt}{\hyphenchar\font45 } \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmvtt}{m}{n}% {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.dfu index c1c74f3eb18..7dd8ab01982 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{ot1enc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\textexclamdown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\c\ } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot2enc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot2enc.dfu index 31506a41f1d..c200239c9ca 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot2enc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot2enc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{ot2enc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemotright} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\i} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.cfg index fef866d36a5..22a844128de 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.cfg +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.cfg @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: fontdef.dtx \ProvidesFile{preload.cfg} - [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel + [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel (Uncustomised preload font setup)] %% \CharacterTable diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.ltx b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.ltx index 18c8b99de6f..17ea14430f9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.ltx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.ltx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% %%% From File: preload.dtx \ProvidesFile{preload.ltx} - [1998/08/17 v2.1g LaTeX Kernel (Font Preloading)] + [2014/09/29 v2.1g LaTeX Kernel (Font Preloading)] %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.cls index 0fd537ae203..79440cc1974 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.cls @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesClass{proc} - [1995/11/30 v1.3l + [2014/09/29 v1.3l Standard LaTeX document class] \DeclareOption{a5paper} {\ClassError{proc}{Option `a5paper' not supported}{}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.sty index 6f9f72441c3..fd7f154e11a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.sty @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesFile{proc.sty} - [1995/11/30 v1.3l + [2014/09/29 v1.3l LaTeX 2.09 compatibility style option `proc'] \if@compatibility \else diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls index 081134d1bcc..ed6b0f63688 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesClass{report} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX document class] \newcommand\@ptsize{} \newif\if@restonecol diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/shortvrb.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/shortvrb.sty index c3e9eedb63a..570be2d1fdc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/shortvrb.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/shortvrb.sty @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{shortvrb} - [2010/02/04 v2.1e + [2014/09/29 v2.1e Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)] %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/showidx.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/showidx.sty index c595c1df96c..439267b0a41 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/showidx.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/showidx.sty @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesPackage{showidx} - [2000/03/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package] + [2014/09/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package] \newinsert\indexbox \dimen\indexbox=\maxdimen \renewcommand\index{\@bsphack\begingroup diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo index 1768afbd096..276e5146fc1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \ProvidesFile{size10.clo} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)] \renewcommand\normalsize{% \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiipt diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo index 5a09e596afb..9f2bbe23f2f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \ProvidesFile{size11.clo} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)] \renewcommand\normalsize{% \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xipt{13.6}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size12.clo b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size12.clo index d111ead72aa..f88802326da 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size12.clo +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size12.clo @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \ProvidesFile{size12.clo} - [2007/10/19 v1.4h + [2014/09/29 v1.4h Standard LaTeX file (size option)] \renewcommand\normalsize{% \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{14.5}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.cls index 0773be29e31..18fb3c966cf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.cls @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1997/06/01] \ProvidesClass{slides} - [1997/08/15 v2.3z + [2014/09/29 v2.3z Standard LaTeX document class] \input{slides.def} \InputIfFileExists{sfonts.cfg} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.def index 71a2bd4ab5d..cc9101c9953 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.def @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \ProvidesFile{slides.def} - [1997/08/15 v2.3z + [2014/09/29 v2.3z SLiTeX definitions] \message{hacks,} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmdh.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmdh.fd index 1bc899ba478..a67ce232d1f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmdh.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmdh.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{t1cmdh.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfib.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfib.fd index 6975ff05106..5de89aff30b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfib.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfib.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{t1cmfib.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfr.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfr.fd index 3db2e26ed56..fb5c507a3a9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfr.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfr.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{t1cmfr.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmr.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmr.fd index 17d761a7061..0ea98769267 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmr.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmr.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{t1cmr.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmss.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmss.fd index 3139d8c0e2f..8f9d8fc2bcc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmss.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmss.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{t1cmss.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmtt.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmtt.fd index ba44f377afb..b2a057f1b48 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmtt.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmtt.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{t1cmtt.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@ttfamily}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8>#50800% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmvtt.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmvtt.fd index 8ca44f12931..4feeab4f90e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmvtt.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmvtt.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{t1cmvtt.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@ttfamily}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8>#50800% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.dfu index e7355e2e0fd..f8e1b8166b7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{t1enc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\textexclamdown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2aenc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2aenc.dfu index 514d3aa5cfe..d608b7343ea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2aenc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2aenc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{t2aenc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2benc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2benc.dfu index 537bc9487b1..b550150142b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2benc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2benc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{t2benc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2cenc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2cenc.dfu index 8c4f4c3520c..fc5ada97dd5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2cenc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2cenc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{t2cenc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/texsys.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/texsys.cfg index 8220bc5bae0..b91299a8c73 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/texsys.cfg +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/texsys.cfg @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ % % \subsection{FAKE EXAMPLE} % This example is for an operating system that has filenames of the -% form |<area>name| For maximum compatability with macro sets, +% form |<area>name| For maximum compatibility with macro sets, % you want |name.ext| to be mapped to |<ext>name|. % and |<area>name.ext| to be mapped to |<area.ext>name|. % |\input| does this mapping automatically, but |\openin| does not, and diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/tracefnt.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/tracefnt.sty index c7144d09954..b9ad437c4b8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/tracefnt.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/tracefnt.sty @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ %% Copyright (C) 1994-97 by LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/05/16] \ProvidesPackage{tracefnt} - [1997/05/29 v3.0j Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)] + [2014/09/29 v3.0j Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)] \newcount\tracingfonts \tracingfonts=0 \DeclareOption{errorshow}{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmr.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmr.fd index dbeae25d01c..cd8adacb4f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmr.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmr.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ts1cmr.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmss.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmss.fd index 3f637dcd476..bd5942e46f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmss.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmss.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ts1cmss.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmtt.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmtt.fd index 205faceb50a..a84533930cd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmtt.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmtt.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ts1cmtt.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@ttfamily}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8>#50800% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmvtt.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmvtt.fd index 1780cc820ae..5220f2cc22b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmvtt.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmvtt.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ts1cmvtt.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \providecommand{\EC@ttfamily}[5]{% \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% {<5><6><7><8>#50800% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1enc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1enc.dfu index 2cfcbd471c7..e01344373e6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1enc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1enc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{ts1enc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{\textcent} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmr.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmr.fd index 4d758822045..ec642d520b1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmr.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmr.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ucmr.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{U}{cmr}{\hyphenchar\font45 } \DeclareFontShape{U}{cmr}{m}{n}% {<5><6><7><8><9><10><12>gen*cmr% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmss.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmss.fd index 324eddeffca..9560e41b6c8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmss.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmss.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ucmss.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{U}{cmss}{\hyphenchar\font45 } \DeclareFontShape{U}{cmss}{m}{n}% {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmtt.fd b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmtt.fd index 20e0c480847..122df6d1d20 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmtt.fd +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmtt.fd @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% of this file under its original name. %% \ProvidesFile{ucmtt.fd} - [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] + [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions] \DeclareFontFamily{U}{cmtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne} \DeclareFontShape{U}{cmtt}{m}{n}% {% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8-test.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8-test.tex index 054ec8e7a3f..d76caeef606 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8-test.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8-test.tex @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{utf8-test.tex} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \documentclass{article} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8.def index 41ae04e9bea..094842e68cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8.def @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{utf8.def} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \makeatletter \catcode`\ \saved@space@catcode \def\UTFviii@two@octets#1#2{\expandafter diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8enc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8enc.dfu index 5dbc2468c48..fb368363b59 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8enc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8enc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{utf8enc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\textexclamdown} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{\textcent} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8test.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8test.tex index e5ad6fbbe3f..19aa68837a9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8test.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8test.tex @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{utf8-test.tex} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \documentclass{article} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/x2enc.dfu b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/x2enc.dfu index 1e47d794b7a..0eaa1ea54a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/x2enc.dfu +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/x2enc.dfu @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution. \ProvidesFile{x2enc.dfu} - [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] + [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc] \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection} \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/afterpage.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/afterpage.sty index 88d8002e90d..e87fd061829 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/afterpage.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/afterpage.sty @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %% File: afterpage.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 1994 1995 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{afterpage} - [1995/10/27 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)] \newtoks\AP@output \global\AP@output\expandafter{\the\output} \newbox\AP@partial diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty index 46e0ae1a195..c346e0cfed6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1998 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{array} - [2008/09/09 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)] + [2014/10/28 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)] %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/bm.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/bm.sty index 0a850f94131..02933964b82 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/bm.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/bm.sty @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ %% http://www.yandy.com \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{bm} - [2004/02/26 v1.1c Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)] + [2014/10/28 v1.1c Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)] \def\bm#1#2{% \let\bm@pmb\install@mathalphabet \let\bm@pmb@\getanddefine@fonts diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty index e181ee0df87..e245308d506 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ %% the normal LaTeX bug report address. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{calc} - [2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)] + [2014/10/28 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)] \def\calc@assign@generic#1#2#3#4{\let\calc@A#1\let\calc@B#2% \calc@open(#4!% \global\calc@A\calc@B\endgroup#3\calc@B} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/dcolumn.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/dcolumn.sty index 4608678f88c..7706537a213 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/dcolumn.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/dcolumn.sty @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %% File: dcolumn.dtx Copyright (C) 1992-1996 1999-2001 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{dcolumn} - [2001/05/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)] \RequirePackage{array} \def\DC@#1#2#3{% \uccode`\~=`#1\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/delarray.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/delarray.sty index e9e227f10b5..a3067fd4140 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/delarray.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/delarray.sty @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %% File: delarray.dtx Copyright (C) 1991-1994 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{delarray} - [1994/03/14 v1.01 array delimiter package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v1.01 array delimiter package (DPC)] \RequirePackage{array}[1994/02/03] \def\@tabarray{\@ifnextchar[{\@@array}{\@@array[c]}} \def\@@array[#1]{\@ifnextchar\bgroup diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/enumerate.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/enumerate.sty index 65f15610562..cf6289665e9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/enumerate.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/enumerate.sty @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %% File: enumerate.dtx Copyright 1993 1994 1999 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{enumerate} - [1999/03/05 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)] \newtoks\@enLab \def\@enQmark{?} \def\@enLabel#1#2{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/ftnright.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/ftnright.sty index c595bbf87d2..2f732538def 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/ftnright.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/ftnright.sty @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ %% Copyright (C) 1989-2004 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{ftnright} - [2010/02/25 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)] + [2014/10/28 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)] %% %% \CheckSum{431} %% \CharacterTable diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/hhline.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/hhline.sty index 06b72dbad84..e4e47507df7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/hhline.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/hhline.sty @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %% File: hhline.dtx Copyright (C) 1991-1994 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{hhline} - [1994/05/23 v2.03 Table rule package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v2.03 Table rule package (DPC)] \def\HH@box#1#2{\vbox{% \hrule \@height \arrayrulewidth \@width #1 \vskip \doublerulesep diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/layout.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/layout.sty index e234aee44df..f1af363e263 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/layout.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/layout.sty @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{layout} - [2000/09/25 v1.2c Show layout parameters] + [2014/10/28 v1.2c Show layout parameters] \DeclareOption{dutch}{% \def\Headertext{Kopregel} \def\Bodytext{Broodtekst} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty index 076fcb42e6a..70b2ebd60e0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %% File: longtable.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2001 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01] \ProvidesPackage{longtable} - [2004/02/01 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC)] \def\LT@err{\PackageError{longtable}} \def\LT@warn{\PackageWarning{longtable}} \def\LT@final@warn{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/multicol.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/multicol.sty index c990c7273d1..81add474837 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/multicol.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/multicol.sty @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ %% - multicol is used for non-commercial purposes %% %% -%% Determinating a license fee might result in a license fee of zero +%% Determining a license fee might result in a license fee of zero %% (i.e., no payment) in case a producer has determined that the use %% of multicol has no enhancing effect on the product. This is a %% plausible scenario, i.e., in the above two cases the producer is @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1997/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{multicol} - [2014/08/24 v1.8g multicolumn formatting (FMi)] -%% \CheckSum{1840} + [2014/10/28 v1.8i multicolumn formatting (FMi)] +%% \CheckSum{1853} %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z @@ -344,6 +344,7 @@ \fi \fi \addvspace\multicolsep + \prevdepth\z@ \mult@info\z@ {Ending environment \if@boxedmulticols @@ -413,6 +414,7 @@ \def\columnseprulecolor{\normalcolor} \def\reinsert@footnotes{\ifvoid\footins\else \insert\footins{}\fi} +\def\vfillmaxdepth{\vskip \z@ \@plus 1fill \@minus \maxdepth} \def\multi@column@out{% \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@M \speci@ls \else @@ -445,7 +447,7 @@ \vbox to\dimen@ {\unvbox\count@ \remove@discardable@items - \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}% + \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi}% }% \setbox\mult@rightbox \vsplit\@cclv to\dimen@ @@ -453,7 +455,7 @@ \setbox\mult@rightbox\vbox to\dimen@ {\unvbox\mult@rightbox \remove@discardable@items - \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}% + \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi}% \let\ifshr@king\ifshr@kingsaved \ifvoid\@cclv \else \unvbox\@cclv @@ -611,6 +613,7 @@ \@plus\multicolundershoot \@minus\multicolovershoot \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth + \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth \setbox\@tempboxa\vsplit\mult@box to\z@ \@tempdima\ht\mult@box \advance\@tempdima\dp\mult@box @@ -636,7 +639,7 @@ \dimen@\topskip \fi \vbadness\@M - \vfuzz \col@number\baselineskip + \vfuzz \maxdimen \last@try-\p@ \loop {\process@cols\mult@grightbox @@ -668,7 +671,6 @@ \too@badtrue \fi }}% - \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth \global\setbox\mult@grightbox \vbox{\unvbox\mult@grightbox}% \setbox\mult@nat@firstbox @@ -702,7 +704,7 @@ \ifnum\badness>\c@finalcolumnbadness \global\setbox\mult@grightbox \vbox to\dimen@ - {\unvbox\mult@grightbox\vfill}% + {\unvbox\mult@grightbox\vfillmaxdepth}% \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne \message{ setting natural (> \the\c@finalcolumnbadness)}% @@ -746,7 +748,7 @@ \@plus-\multicolundershoot \@minus-\multicolovershoot \unvbox\@tempcnta - \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi + \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi }% \ifnum\badness>\@M \vfuzz\maxdimen % no overfull warning @@ -888,7 +890,9 @@ \fi \begin{multicols} } - \@namedef{endmulticols*}{\vfill + \@namedef{endmulticols*}{\ifshr@nking\else + \vfillmaxdepth\nointerlineskip\null + \fi \end{multicols}} \mathchardef\@Mv=10005 \def\columnbreak{% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/showkeys.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/showkeys.sty index aefb81115ce..4e1a7edccbd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/showkeys.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/showkeys.sty @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ %% File: showkeys.dtx Copyright (C) 2006-2014 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{showkeys} - [2014/04/24 v3.17 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)] + [2014/10/28 v3.17 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)] \DeclareOption{notref}{\let\SK@ref\@empty} \DeclareOption{notcite}{\let\SK@cite\@empty} \let\SK@refcolor\relax diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/tabularx.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/tabularx.sty index 382a9d7d729..d228e50761c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/tabularx.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/tabularx.sty @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ %% File: tabularx.dtx Copyright (C) 1991-1999 2012 2014 David Carlisle \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{tabularx} - [2014/05/13 v2.10 `tabularx' package (DPC)] + [2014/10/28 v2.10 `tabularx' package (DPC)] \DeclareOption{infoshow}{\AtEndOfPackage\tracingtabularx} \DeclareOption{debugshow}{\AtEndOfPackage\tracingtabularx} \ProcessOptions diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thb.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thb.sty index 2d05bf61200..9e5ac59129f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thb.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thb.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% -\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} +\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} %% %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thc.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thc.sty index 482273da9c9..e9b20b6d6e3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thc.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thc.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% -\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} +\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} %% %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thcb.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thcb.sty index b20611c4c48..f7b727155e3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thcb.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thcb.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% -\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} +\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} %% %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/theorem.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/theorem.sty index e89ade53b67..ae3d4053afe 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/theorem.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/theorem.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% -\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} +\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} %% %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thm.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thm.sty index a6e8246ffda..ff02542753e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thm.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thm.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% -\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} +\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} %% %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thmb.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thmb.sty index 2e27ec4f81b..b5ccf609f4d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thmb.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thmb.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% -\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} +\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} %% %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thp.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thp.sty index 50aa8d5f449..eecd42448cd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thp.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thp.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} %% -\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} +\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)} %% %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/trace.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/trace.sty index a6801ad259b..35b9c6aeae8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/trace.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/trace.sty @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{trace} - [2014/04/21 v1.1d trace LaTeX code] + [2014/10/28 v1.1d trace LaTeX code] \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1998/12/01] \DeclareOption{logonly} {\let\tracingonline@p\z@} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/varioref.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/varioref.sty index bcd792a57d3..5d56661bbab 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/varioref.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/varioref.sty @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/05/16] \ProvidesPackage{varioref} - [2014/07/03 v1.5a package for extended references (FMi)] + [2014/10/28 v1.5a package for extended references (FMi)] %% \CharacterTable %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty index 8a91cdd8865..04cc1cdc508 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ %% Copyright (C) 1989--2003 by Rainer Sch\"opf. All rights reserved. \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{verbatim} - [2003/08/22 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements] + [2014/10/28 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements] \@ifundefined{verbatim@@@}{}{\endinput} \newtoks\every@verbatim \every@verbatim={} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbtest.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbtest.tex index aa55de63d4c..d8fc5b971ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbtest.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbtest.tex @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text \begin {verbatimlisting}{verbtest.tex} - Additonal verbatim text + Additional verbatim text ... \end{verbatimlisting} And here for listing a file: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/xspace.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/xspace.sty index 96dda157625..ce5e70c6fd6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/xspace.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/xspace.sty @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ %% Morten H\o gholm \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{xspace} - [2009/10/20 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)] + [2014/10/28 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)] \DeclareRobustCommand\xspace{\@xspace@firsttrue \futurelet\@let@token\@xspace} \newif\if@xspace@first |